LENAWEE BANCORP INC
10-12G, 2000-05-01
Previous: APW LTD, 10-12B, 2000-05-01
Next: MEGA MICRO TECHNOLOGIES GROUP, 8-K12G3, 2000-05-01



                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



                                     FORM 10


                   GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES

                      Pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of
                       The Securities Exchange Act of 1934



                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)




               Michigan                                    38-3088340
    (State or other jurisdiction of         (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
    Incorporation or organization)

          135 East Maumee Street                            49221
             Adrian, Michigan                             (Zip Code)
 (Address of principal executive offices)


                                  517-265-5144
                               517-265-3926 (FAX)
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)
                                    -------


        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                      none


        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                           Common Stock, no par value
<PAGE>
Item 1.  Business.
                                    BUSINESS

     Lenawee Bancorp, Inc. (the "Company"), a Michigan business corporation,  is
a one bank holding company,  which owns all of the outstanding  capital stock of
the Bank of Lenawee (the "Bank"),  a Michigan banking  corporation.  The Company
was formed in 1993 for the purpose of  acquiring  all of the common stock of the
Bank in a shareholder approved reorganization,  which became effective April 15,
1993.

     The Bank was originally  organized in December 1869 as a Michigan chartered
bank.  As of January 31, 2000,  the Bank had  approximately  130  full-time  and
part-time  employees.  None of the Bank's  employees  are subject to  collective
bargaining agreements.  The Company does not directly employ any personnel.  The
principal  executive offices of the Company and the Bank are located at 135 East
Maumee  Street,  Adrian,  Michigan  49221.  The Bank's main office is located in
Adrian and it serves other  communities with branch offices in Hudson,  Morenci,
Saline,  Tecumseh and Waldron. The Bank's offices are located throughout Lenawee
County,  in the  southeastern  portion of  Hillsdale  County,  and the  southern
portion of Washtenaw County.

     The area in which  the  Bank's  offices  are  located,  which is  basically
southeastern  Michigan,  has historically  been rural in character but now has a
growing urban population as residents choose the area to live in while commuting
to Ann Arbor,  Detroit,  and Toledo.  The populations of the cities in which the
Bank's offices are located are approximately as follows:  Adrian -22,000; Hudson
- - 2,500; Morenci - 2,300; Saline - 7,800; Tecumseh - 8,000; Waldron - 600.

Bank Services

     The Bank is a full service  bank  offering a wide range of  commercial  and
consumer banking services. These traditional financial services include checking
accounts,  savings  accounts,  certificates of deposit,  commercial  loans, real
estate loans and  installment  loans.  Currently,  the Bank does not offer trust
services.  The Bank maintains  correspondent  relationships  with major banks in
Detroit and Chicago,  pursuant to which the Bank  engages in federal  funds sale
and purchase transactions,  the clearance of checks and certain foreign currency
transactions.   In  addition,   the  Bank   participates  with  other  financial
institutions  to fund  certain  large  commercial  loans which would  exceed the
Bank's legal lending limit if made solely by the Bank.  Annuities,  mutual funds
and title  insurance  are  available to Bank's  customers  through  arrangements
maintained  with  third-party   providers  by  the  Bank's  subsidiary   Lenawee
Financial Services, Inc.

     The Bank's deposits are generated in the normal course of business, and the
loss of any one  depositor  would not have a  materially  adverse  effect on the
business of the Bank. The Bank's loan  portfolios  are primarily  focused in its
market area.  As of December 31, 1999,  the Bank's  certificates  of deposits of
$100,000 or more constituted approximately 15% of total deposit liabilities. The
Bank's deposits originate primarily from its service area, and the Bank does not
obtain large deposits from outside its market area.

     The Bank's principal  sources of revenue are interest and fees on loans and
interest  on  investment  securities.  Interest  and fees on  loans  constituted
approximately  79.5% and 75.1% of total  revenues for the periods ended December
31, 1999, and December 31, 1998, respectively.  Interest on securities,  taxable
and  nontaxable,  constituted  approximately  7.6% and 7.7% of total revenues in
1999 and 1998.  Revenues were also generated  from federal funds sold,  dividend
income,  deposit service charges, other financial service fees and gains on loan
sales.

     The Bank provides real estate,  consumer and commercial  loans to customers
in its market. 56.9 percent of the Bank's loan portfolio was in fixed rate loans
as of December 31, 1999. Most of these loans, approximately 65.2%, mature within
five years.  Approximately  $39,031,000  in loans (or 19.8% of the Bank's  total
loan  portfolio)  have fixed rates with  maturities  exceeding five years. As of
December 31, 1999,  46.7 percent of the Bank's  interest-bearing  deposits  were
held in savings, NOW and MMDAs, all of which are variable rate products.  Of the
$86,661,000 in time deposits,  approximately  $32,328,000  mature within a year,
with the balance maturing within a five-year period.

     Requests  to the Bank for  credit  are  considered  on the  basis of credit
worthiness of each applicant,  without  consideration to race, color,  religion,
national origin, sex, marital status,  physical handicap, age, or the receipt of
income  from  public  assistance   programs.   Consideration  is  given  to  the
applicant's capacity for repayment,  collateral, capital and alternative sources
of repayment.  Loan  applications are accepted at all the Bank's offices and are
approved within the limits of eac lending officer's authority.  Loan requests in
excess of $1,000,000  are presented to the Board of Directors for its review and
approval.  Loan requests in excess of $500,000 are presented to a Loan Committee
of the Board of Directors for its review and approval.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
     The Bank  sells  participations  in  commercial  loans  to other  financial
institutions  approved  by the Bank,  for the purpose of meeting  legal  lending
limit  requirements or loan concentration  considerations.  The Bank sells fixed
rate  and  conforming  adjustable  rate  residential  mortgages  to the  Federal
National Mortgage Association  ("FNMA").  Those residential real estate mortgage
loan  requests  that do not meet  FNMA  criteria  are  reviewed  by the Bank for
approval and, if approved,  are retained in the Bank's loan portfolio.  The Bank
has the ability to purchase loans that meet its normal credit standards.

     The Bank's  investment policy is consistent with sound banking practices to
retain  safety of principal  and designed to provide a maximum total return over
the long  term.  The  fundamental  objectives  of the  Investment  Policy are as
follows:
     -    Safety:  To provide an  investment  media for funds,  which assumes an
          appropriate amount of risk within the context of the Bank's total risk
          position.

     -    Liquidity:   To  provide  sufficient  liquidity  needed  to  meet  the
          day-to-day, cyclical and long-term obligations and requirements.

     -    Earnings: To provide a flow of dependable earnings.

     -    Community: To provide a method of contributing to the communities that
          the Bank serves.

Bank Competition

     The Bank has nine  offices in addition to a mobile bank.  See  "Properties"
below  for more  detail  on these  facilities.  Within  these  communities,  its
principal  competitors are United Bank & Trust, Key Bank, Mid-Am Bank,  Standard
Federal  Bank,  and  TLC  Community  Credit  Union.   Each  of  these  financial
institutions,  which have  headquarters in larger  metropolitan  areas, with the
exception  of  United  Bank  &  Trust  and  TLC  Community  Credit  Union,  have
significantly  greater assets and financial resources tha the Company.  Based on
deposit information as of December 31, 1999, the Bank holds approximately 17% of
the  deposits  in Lenawee  County.  Information  as to asset size of  competitor
financial  institutions is derived from publicly  available reports filed by and
with regulatory agencies.

     The   financial   services   industry   continues  to  change  by  becoming
increasingly competitive. Principal methods of competition include the types and
quality of services provided, loan and deposit product pricing,  advertising and
marketing  programs.   The  continual  evolution  of  government  regulation  of
financial  service  industries has led to increased  competition among banks and
other  financial  institutions  for a significant  portion of products that have
traditionally  been provided by commercial banks  Competition  within the Bank's
markets has been  relatively  stable  over the past  several  years.  Management
continues  to evaluate  the  opportunities  for the  expansion  of products  and
services,  such as  enhancement  of its Internet  product,  and the provision of
trust and brokerage services, as well as additional branching opportunities.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
Growth of Bank

     The following table sets forth certain financial  information regarding the
growth of the Bank (and accordingly, excludes holding company data):
<TABLE>
                                                                         Balance as of December 31,
                                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               (in thousands)
                                                        1999           1998            1997           1996          1995
                                                        ----           ----            ----           ----          ----
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>           <C>
Total assets                                          $ 239,078      $ 219,398       211,969        201,790       182,755
Loans, net                                              192,721        156,272       161,102        149,373       126,297
Securities, FHLB stock and FRB stock                     24,950         31,220        25,796         33,189        36,229
Noninterest-bearing deposits                             37,241         34,025        28,280         22,281        21,617
Interest-bearing deposits                               162,519        152,173       146,796        137,263       141,234
Borrowed funds                                           16,177         10,626        16,346         22,935         1,630
Total deposits                                          199,760        186,198       175,076        159,544       162,851
Stockholders' equity                                     21,396         21,023        19,020         17,996        16,956

</TABLE>
     The  Bank of  Lenawee  has  enjoyed  a long  and  eventful  history  in the
communities it serves.  Established  late in 1869 with capital stock of $50,000,
its doors  first  opened on  January  13,  1870.  Fourteen  leading  businessmen
organized the new institution, which they named the Lenawee County Savings Bank.
Groundbreaking  ceremonies  for  the  Bank's  present  Main  Office  next to the
Croswell Opera House were held on May 15, 1907. In January 1918, the Bank became
a member of the Federal Reserve System.

     Lenawee  County  Savings Bank's first branch was opened in 1953 at Main and
Front  Streets.  The new facility  initially  served  drive-up  customers at one
window. In 1967, a lobby was added to the building,  which by then was popularly
called the Courthouse  office.  Another  innovative  customer service device--an
automated teller machine--was  installed here. With the acquisition of the First
State  Savings  Bank of Morenci  in 1956,  the Bank  welcomed a large  number of
customers as well as new  shareholders.  This  consolidation,  which brought the
Bank to another  community  for the first time,  also resulted in a name change.
Lenawee County Savings Bank then became Bank of Lenawee  County.  The office was
substantially expanded in 1982 to better serve its Michigan and neighboring Ohio
customers. In 1986, shareholders approved a minor name change and eliminated the
word "County" to simplify marketing communications.

     The Bank of Lenawee's market position was strengthened on July 1, 1987 when
the former  Hudson State  Savings Bank was  acquired.  At the Annual  Meeting on
April 15, 1993, the  shareholders of the Bank of Lenawee voted to form a holding
company (Lenawee  Bancorp,  Inc.) With this action,  the shareholders  exchanged
their Bank of Lenawee shares for a like number of Lenawee Bancorp,  Inc. shares.
This was another step in modernizing  their corporate  structure,  allowing more
flexibility  and the ability to continue to be  competitive  while serving their
customers.

     In April 1997, the Bank opened a permanent facility in Tecumseh, located in
the historic Depot building in the downtown.  The branch opening was a result of
market research  performed with the Bank's Mobile Bank Office,  which proved the
need for a  permanent  location  after two years of  part-time  operations.  The
Mobile Bank Office was then moved to Saline to test the Washtenaw County market.
The  community  responded  favorably  to their  independent,  community  banking
philosophy and the Saline Banking Office began  operating in October 1997. A new
drive-up featuring a full-service ATM opened for business in November of 1998 in
the same location to provide  further  convenience  to  customers.  Plans are in
process to incorporate  the Saline branch  offices as a separate  community bank
focused on the Washtenaw County Market.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
                           SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

     The following is a summary of certain  statutes and  regulations  affecting
the Company and the Bank. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference
to the  particular  statutes and  regulations.  A change in  applicable  laws or
regulations  may  have a  material  effect  on the  Company,  the  Bank  and the
businesses of the Company and the Bank.

General

     Financial   institutions  and  their  holding   companies  are  extensively
regulated  under  federal and state law.  Consequently,  the growth and earnings
performance  of the Company and the Bank can be affected not only by  management
decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the statutes administered
by,  and the  regulations  and  policies  of,  various  governmental  regulatory
authorities.  Those  authorities  include,  but are not limited to, the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve Board"), the FDIC,
the Division of Financial  Institutions  of the Michigan Office of Financial and
Insurance  Services  ("OFIS"),  the Internal Revenue  Service,  and state taxing
authorities.  The  effect of such  statutes,  regulations  and  policies  can be
significant, and cannot be predicted with a high degree of certainty.

     Federal and state laws and  regulations  generally  applicable to financial
institutions and their holding companies regulate, among other things, the scope
of business, investments,  reserves against deposits, capital levels relative to
operations,   lending  activities  and  practices,  the  nature  and  amount  of
collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers, consolidations and
dividends.  The system of supervision  and regulation  applicable to the Company
and  the  Bank  establishes  a  comprehensive  framework  for  their  respective
operations  and is intended  primarily for the  protection of the FDIC's deposit
insurance  funds,  the  depositors  of the Bank,  and the  public,  rather  than
shareholders of the Bank or the Company.

     Federal law and regulations  establish  supervisory standards applicable to
the  lending  activities  of  the  Bank,  including  internal  controls,  credit
underwriting,  loan documentation and loan-to-value  ratios for loans secured by
real property.

Recent Legislation

     The  enactment  of the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act of  1999  (the  "GLB  Act")
represents a pivotal  point in the history of the financial  services  industry.
The GLB Act modifies many of the principal federal laws which regulate financial
institutions and sweeps away large parts of a regulatory  framework that had its
origins in the Depression Era of the 1930s.

     Effective March 11, 2000, new  opportunities  became  available for banking
organizations, other depository institutions, insurance companies and securities
firms to enter  into  combinations  that  permit  a  single  financial  services
organization to offer customers a more complete array of financial  products and
services.  Specifically,  the GLB Act provides two new vehicles  through which a
banking  organization can engage in a variety of activities which,  prior to the
Act,  were  not  permitted.  First,  a  bank  holding  company  meeting  certain
requirements may elect to become a financial  holding company ("FHC").  FHCs are
generally authorized to engage in all "financial  activities" and, under certain
circumstances,  to make equity  investments in other companies  (i.e.,  merchant
banking).  In order to be  eligible  to elect to  become a FHC,  a bank  holding
company and all of its  depository  financial  institutions  must:  (1) be "well
capitalized";  (2) be "well managed"; and (3) have a rating of "satisfactory" or
better in their most recent Community  Reinvestment  Act  examination.  Both the
bank holding company and all of its depository financial  institutions must also
continue to satisfy these  requirements after the bank holding company elects to
become  a FHC or else the FHC  will be  subject  to  various  restrictions.  The
Federal  Reserve Board will be the umbrella  regulator of FHCs,  but  functional
regulation of a FHC's  separately  regulated  subsidiaries  will be conducted by
their primary functional regulator.

     Second,  the GLB Act also  provides that a national bank (and a state bank,
so long as otherwise  allowable under its state's law), which satisfies  certain
requirements,  may own a new type of  subsidiary  called a financial  subsidiary
("FS").  The GLB Act  authorizes  FSs to  engage  in many  (but  not all) of the
activities that FHCs are authorized to engage in. In order to be eligible to own
a FS, a bank must  satisfy the three  requirements  noted  above,  plus  several
additional requirements.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
     The GLB Act also  imposes  several  rules that are  designed to protect the
privacy of the  customers of financial  institutions.  For example,  the GLB Act
requires  financial  institutions  to annually  adopt and  disseminate a privacy
policy and prohibits  financial  institutions  from disclosing  certain customer
information  to  "non-affiliated  third parties" for certain uses. All financial
institutions,  regardless  of whether  they elect to  utilize  FHCs or FSs,  are
subject to the GLB Act's privacy  provisions.  The Company and the Bank are also
subject  to  certain  state  laws  that deal  with the use and  distribution  of
non-public personal information.  In addition to its privacy provisions, the GLB
Act also contains various other provisions that apply to banking  organizations,
regardless of whether they elect to utilize FHCs or FSs.

     The  Company  believes  that  the  GLB  Act  could  significantly  increase
competition  in its business and is evaluating the  desirability  of electing to
become a FHC. The Company  believes that it is qualified to elect FHC status but
has not yet decided to do so.

The Company

     General.  The Company is a bank holding company and, as such, is registered
with,  and subject to  regulation  by, the Federal  Reserve Board under the Bank
Holding  Company Act, as amended (the  "BHCA").  Under the BHCA,  the Company is
subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve Board, and is required to
file with the Federal Reserve Board periodic  reports of its operations and such
additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require.

     In accordance with Federal Reserve Board policy, the Company is expected to
act as a source of  financial  strength to the Bank and to commit  resources  to
support the Bank in circumstances  where the Company might not do so absent such
policy.  In addition,  if the OFIS deems the Bank's capital to be impaired,  the
OFIS may require the Bank to restore  its capital by a special  assessment  upon
the Company as the Bank's sole  shareholder.  If the Company were to fail to pay
any such assessment, the directors of the Bank would be required, under Michigan
law, to sell the shares of the Bank's  stock owned by the Company to the highest
bidder at either a public or private auction and use the proceeds of the sale to
restore the Bank's capital.

     Investments and Activities.  In general, any direct or indirect acquisition
by the  Company  of any  voting  shares of any bank  which  would  result in the
Company's  direct or indirect  ownership or control of more than 5% of any class
of voting shares of such bank,  and any merger or  consolidation  of the Company
with another bank holding  company,  will require the prior written  approval of
the Federal  Reserve Board under the BHCA. In acting on such  applications,  the
Federal Reserve Board must consider various statutory  factors,  including among
others,  the effect of the  proposed  transaction  on  competition  in  relevant
geographic and product markets, and each party's financial condition, managerial
resources,  and record of  performance  under the  Community  Reinvestment  Act.
Effective  September 29, 1995, bank holding  companies may acquire banks located
in any state in the United States without regard to geographic  restrictions  or
reciprocity   requirements   imposed  by  state  law,  but  subject  to  certain
conditions,  including  limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may
be held by the acquiring company and all of its insured  depository  institution
affiliates.

     The merger or  consolidation  of an existing bank subsidiary of the Company
with another bank, or the  acquisition by such a subsidiary of assets of another
bank, or the assumption of liability by such a subsidiary to pay any deposits in
another bank, will require the prior written approval of the responsible Federal
depository institution regulatory agency under the Bank Merger Act, based upon a
consideration of statutory  factors similar to those outlined above with respect
to the BHCA. In addition, in certain such cases an application to, and the prior
approval of, the Federal  Reserve Board under the BHCA and/or the OFIS under the
Michigan Banking Code, may be required.

     With certain limited  exceptions,  the BHCA prohibits any bank company from
engaging,  either directly or indirectly  through a subsidiary,  in any activity
other  than  managing  or  controlling  banks  unless the  proposed  non-banking
activity is one that the Federal  Reserve Board has  determined to be so closely
related to banking or managing or controlling  banks as to be a proper  incident
thereto.  Under current  Federal  Reserve Board  regulations,  such  permissible
non-banking  activities  include  such  things as  mortgage  banking,  equipment
leasing,  securities  brokerage,  and consumer and  commercial  finance  company
operations.  As a result of recent amendments to the BHCA,  well-capitalized and
well-managed  bank  holding  companies  may engage de novo in  certain  types of
non-banking  activities  without  prior  notice to, or approval  of, the Federal
Reserve Board,  provided that written notice of the new activity is given to the
Federal  Reserve  Board within 10 business days after the activity is commenced.
If a bank  company  wishes to engage in a  non-banking  activity by  acquiring a
going concern,  prior notice and/or prior  approval will be required,  depending
upon the

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
activities  in which the  company to be  acquired  is  engaged,  the size of the
company  to be  acquired  and the  financial  and  managerial  condition  of the
acquiring bank company.

     In  evaluating  a  proposal  to  engage  (either  de  novo or  through  the
acquisition of a going concern) in a non-banking  activity,  the Federal Reserve
Board will consider  various  factors,  including among others the financial and
managerial  resources of the bank company,  and the relative public benefits and
adverse  effects  which may be expected to result  from the  performance  of the
activity by an  affiliate of the bank  company.  The Federal  Reserve  Board may
apply  different  standards to  activities  proposed to be commenced de novo and
activities commenced by acquisition, in whole or in part, of a going concern.

     Capital  Requirements.  The Federal  Reserve  Board uses  capital  adequacy
guidelines  in its  examination  and  regulation of bank holding  companies.  If
capital falls below minimum guidelines,  a bank holding company may, among other
things, be denied approval to acquire or establish  additional banks or non-bank
businesses.

     The Federal  Reserve  Board's  capital  guidelines  establish the following
minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements  for bank  holding  companies:  (i) a
leverage capital requirement  expressed as a percentage of total average assets,
and  (ii)  a  risk-based   requirement   expressed  as  a  percentage  of  total
risk-weighted  assets.  The leverage capital  requirement  consists of a minimum
ratio of Tier 1 capital (which consists principally of shareholders'  equity) to
total  average  assets of 3% for the most highly rated  companies,  with minimum
requirements of 4% to 5% for all others. The risk-based  requirement consists of
a minimum ratio of total capital to total  risk-weighted  assets of 8%, of which
at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital.

     The risk-based and leverage standards presently used by the Federal Reserve
Board are minimum  requirements,  and higher  capital levels will be required if
warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual banking
organizations.  For example,  Federal  Reserve  Board  regulations  provide that
additional  capital  may be required to take  adequate  account of,  among other
things,  interest  rate risk and the risks  posed by  concentrations  of credit,
nontraditional activities or securitie trading activities.  Further, any banking
organization  experiencing or anticipating  significant growth would be expected
to maintain capital ratios,  including  tangible capital positions (i.e., Tier 1
capital less all intangible assets),  well above the minimum levels. The Federal
Reserve Board has not advised the Company of any specific minimum Tier 1 Capital
leverage ratio applicable to it.

     Dividends.  The Company is a  corporation  separate and  distinct  from the
Bank. Most of the Company's  revenues are received in the form of dividends paid
by the Bank. Thus, the Company's ability to pay dividends to its shareholders is
indirectly  limited  by  statutory  restrictions  on the  Bank's  ability to pay
dividends. See "SUPERVISION AND REGULATION - The Bank - Dividends." Further, the
Federal  Reserve  Board has  issued a policy  statement  on the  payment of cash
dividends  by bank  holding  companies.  In the policy  statement,  the  Federal
Reserve Board  expressed  its view that a bank  experiencing  earnings  weakness
should  not pay cash  dividends  exceeding  its net  income or which can only be
funded in ways that weakens the bank's financial  health,  such as by borrowing.
Additionally,  the Federal Reserve Board possesses  enforcement powers over bank
holding  companies and their non-bank  subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions
that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable  statutes
and  regulations.  Among these powers is the ability to proscribe the payment of
dividends by banks and bank holding companies.  Similar  enforcement powers over
the Bank are  possessed by the Federal  Reserve  Board.  The "prompt  corrective
action" provisions of federal law and regulation  authorizes the Federal Reserve
Board to restrict  the payment of  dividends  by the Company for an insured bank
which fails to meet specified capital levels.

     In addition to the restrictions on dividends imposed by the Federal Reserve
Board,  the Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act provides that  dividends may be
legally declared or paid only if after the  distribution a corporation,  such as
the Company,  can pay its debts as they come due in the usual course of business
and its total assets equal or exceed the sum of its liabilities  plus the amount
that would be needed to satisfy the preferential  rights upon dissolution of any
holders of  preferred  stock  whose  preferential  rights are  superior to those
receiving the  distribution.  The  Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  do not
authorize the issuance of preferred stock and there are no current plans to seek
such authorization.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
The Bank

     General.  The Bank is a Michigan  banking  corporation,  is a member of the
Federal  Reserve  System  and its  deposit  accounts  are  insured  by the  Bank
Insurance Fund (the "BIF") of the FDIC. As a Federal Reserve System member,  the
Bank is subject  to the  examination,  supervision,  reporting  and  enforcement
requirements of the OFIS, as the chartering  authority for Michigan  banks,  and
the Federal Reserve Board, as  administrator  of the BIF. These agencies and the
federal and state laws  applicable to the Bank and its  operations,  extensively
regulate various aspects of the banking business including,  among other things,
permissible  types and  amounts  of  loans,  investments  and other  activities,
capital  adequacy,  branching,  interest  rates on loans  and on  deposits,  the
maintenance of non-interest bearing reserves on deposit accounts, and the safety
and soundness of banking practices.

     Deposit Insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution,  the Bank is required to
pay deposit  insurance  premium  assessments to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a
risk-based assessment system under which all insured depository institutions are
placed into one of nine categories and assessed insurance  premiums,  based upon
their  respective  levels of  capital  and  results of  supervisory  evaluation.
Institutions  classified  as  well-capitalized  (as  defined  by the  FDIC)  and
considered  healthy pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than
adequately  capitalized  (as defined by the FDIC) and  considered of substantial
supervisory concern pay the highest premium.  Risk classification of all insured
institutions is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

     The Federal Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA")  requires the FDIC to establish
assessment  rates at levels which will maintain the Deposit  Insurance Fund at a
mandated  reserve  ratio of not less than 1.25% of estimated  insured  deposits.
Accordingly,  the FDIC established the schedule of BIF insurance assessments for
the first semi-annual assessment period of 1999, ranging from 0% of deposits for
institutions in the lowest risk category to .27% of deposits for institutions in
the highest risk  category.  For 1999,  the Bank paid  $20,852 in BIF  insurance
assessments, representing a premium of .01% of average deposits.

     The FDIC may  terminate  the deposit  insurance  of any insured  depository
institution if the FDIC determines, after a hearing, that the institution or its
directors have engaged or are engaging in unsafe or unsound  practices,  or have
violated any applicable  law,  regulation,  order,  or any condition  imposed in
writing by, or written  agreement with, the FDIC, or if the institution is in an
unsafe or unsound  condition to continue  operations.  The FDIC may also suspend
deposit  insurance  temporarily  durin  the  hearing  process  for  a  permanent
termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital.

     OFIS  Assessments.  Michigan banks are required to pay supervisory  fees to
the OFIS to fund the operations of the OFIS. The amount of supervisory fees paid
by a bank is based upon the bank's total assets, as reported to the OFIS.

     FICO  Assessments.  Pursuant to federal  legislation  enacted September 30,
1996,  the Bank, as a member of the BIF, is subject to  assessments to cover the
payments on outstanding  obligations of the Financing Corporation ("FICO"). FICO
was created in 1987 to finance the  recapitalization  of the Federal Savings and
Loan Insurance  Corporation,  the predecessor to the FDIC's Savings  Association
Insurance  Fund (the "SAIF") which insures the deposits of thrift  institutions.
Prior to January 1, 2000,  the FICO  assessments  made against BIF members could
not exceed 20% of the amount of FICO assessments made against SAIF members. Last
year, SAIF members pay FICO assessments at a rate equal to approximately  0.063%
of  deposits  while  BIF  members  paid  FICO  assessments  at a rate  equal  to
approximately  0.013% of deposits.  Between  January 1, 2000 and the maturity of
the  outstanding  FICO  obligations  in 2019,  BIF members and SAIF members will
share the cost of the  interest  on the FICO  bonds on a pro rata  basis.  It is
estimated that FICO  assessments  during this period will be less than 0.025% of
deposits.

     Capital  Requirements.  The  Federal  Reserve  Board  has  established  the
following minimum capital standards for state-chartered,  Fed-member banks, such
as the Bank:  a leverage  requirement  consisting  of a minimum  ratio of Tier 1
capital  to total  average  assets of 3% for the most  highly-rated  banks  with
minimum  requirements  of 4% to 5% for  all  others,  and a  risk-based  capital
requirement   consisting   of  a  minimum   ratio  of  total  capital  to  total
risk-weighted  assets of 8%, at least  one-half of which must be Tier 1 capital.
Tier 1 capital  consists  principally  of  shareholders'  equity.  These capital
requirements are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels will be required if
warranted  by the  particular  circumstances  or  risk  profiles  of  individual
institutions. For example, Federal Reserve regulations provide that higher

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
capital may be  required  to take  adequate  account  of,  among  other  things,
interest   rate  risk  and  the  risks  posed  by   concentrations   of  credit,
nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.

     Federal law provides  the federal  banking  regulators  with broad power to
take  prompt  corrective  action to resolve  the  problems  of  undercapitalized
institutions.  The extent of the  regulators'  powers  depends  on  whether  the
institution  in  question  is  "well  capitalized,"   "adequately  capitalized,"
"undercapitalized,"    "significantly    undercapitalized,"    or    "critically
undercapitalized."  Federal  regulations  define  these  capital  categories  as
follows:
<TABLE>
                                           Total                  Tier 1
                                           Risk-Based             Risk-Based
                                           Capital Ratio          Capital Ratio           Leverage Ratio
                                           -------------          -------------           --------------
<S>                                        <C>                    <C>                     <C>
Well capitalized                           10% or above           6% or above             5% or above
Adequately capitalized                      8% or above           4% or above             4% or above
Undercapitalized                           Less than 8%           Less than 4%            Less than 4%
Significantly undercapitalized             Less than 6%           Less than 3%            Less than 3%
Critically undercapitalized                      --                     --                A ratio of tangible
                                                                                          equity to total assets
                                                                                          of 2% or less
</TABLE>
     As of  December  31,  1999,  each of the  Bank's  ratios  exceeded  minimum
requirements for the well capitalized category.

     Depending  upon the capital  category to which an  institution is assigned,
the regulators' corrective powers include: requiring the submission of a capital
restoration plan; placing limits on asset growth and restrictions on activities;
requiring  the  institution  to  issue   additional   capital  stock  (including
additional  voting  stock)  or to be  acquired;  restricting  transactions  with
affiliates;  restricting  the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits;
ordering a new election of directors of the  institution;  requiring that senior
executive  officers or directors be dismissed;  prohibiting the institution from
accepting deposits from correspondent banks; requiring the institution to divest
certain  subsidiaries;  prohibiting  the  payment of  principal  or  interest on
subordinated debt; and ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution.

     In  general,  a  depository  institution  may be  reclassified  to a  lower
category  than is indicated  by its capital  levels if the  appropriate  federal
depository  institution  regulatory  agency  determines  the  institution  to be
otherwise  in an unsafe or  unsound  condition  or to be engaged in an unsafe or
unsound  practice.  This could include a failure by the  institution,  following
receipt  of a  less-than-satisfactory  rating  on its  most  recent  examination
report, to correct the deficiency.

     Dividends.  Under  Michigan  law, the Bank is  restricted as to the maximum
amount  of  dividends  it may pay on its  common  stock.  The  Bank  may not pay
dividends  except out of net income after  deducting its losses and bad debts. A
Michigan state bank may not declare or pay a dividend  unless the bank will have
a surplus  amounting  to at least 20% of its  capital  after the  payment of the
dividend.  If the Bank has a surplus less than the amount of its capital, it may
not  declare or pay any  dividend  until an amount  equal to at least 10% of net
income for the preceding  one-half year (in the case of quarterly or semi-annual
dividends) or full-year (in the case of annual  dividends) has been  transferred
to surplus. A Michigan state bank may, with the approval of the OFIS, by vote of
shareholders  owning 2/3 of the stock  eligible  to vote,  increase  its capital
stock by a declaration of a stock dividend, provided that after the increase the
bank's surplus equals at least 20% of its capital stock,  as increased.  Th Bank
may not declare or pay any dividend until the cumulative  dividends on preferred
stock (should any such stock be issued and outstanding)  have been paid in full.
The Bank's Articles of  Incorporation do not authorize the issuance of preferred
stock and there are no current plans to seek such authorization.

     Federal law generally  prohibits a depository  institution  from making any
capital distribution  (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management
fee  to  its  company  if  the  depository   institution   would  thereafter  be
undercapitalized.  The  Federal  Reserve  may  prevent a member bank from paying
dividends  if the bank is in default of  payment  of any  assessment  due to the
FDIC. In addition, the Federal Reserve may prohibit the payment of

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
dividends by the Bank, if such payment is determined, by reason of the financial
condition of the Bank, to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

     Insider  Transactions.  The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed
by the  Federal  Reserve Act on any  extensions  of credit to the Company or its
subsidiaries,  on investments in the stock or other securities of the Company or
its  subsidiaries  and the  acceptance  of the stock or other  securities of the
Company or its  subsidiaries  as collateral for loans.  Certain  limitations and
reporting  requirements  are also placed on  extensions of credit by the Bank to
its  directors  and  officers,  to directors and officers of the Company and its
subsidiaries,  to  principal  shareholders  of  the  Company,  and  to  "related
interests" of such directors,  officers and principal shareholders. In addition,
federal law and  regulations may affect the terms upon which any person becoming
a director or officer of the Company or one of its  subsidiaries  or a principal
shareholder  of the  Company  may obtain  credit  from banks with which the Bank
maintains a correspondent relationship.

     Safety and Soundness  Standards.  The federal banking agencies have adopted
guidelines to promote the safety and soundness of federally  insured  depository
institutions.  These  guidelines  establish  standards  for  internal  controls,
information  systems,   internal  audit  systems,  loan  documentation,   credit
underwriting,  interest  rate  exposure,  asset growth,  compensation,  fees and
benefits,  asset quality and earnings.  In general, the guidelines prescribe the
goals to be achieved in each area, and each  institution will be responsible for
establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution  fails
to  comply  with  any  of  the  standards  set  forth  in  the  guidelines,  the
institution's  primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a
plan for achieving and  maintaining  compliance.  The preamble to the guidelines
states that the agencies expect to require a compliance plan from an institution
whose  failure to meet one or more of the  standards is of such severity that it
could  threaten  the safe and sound  operation  of the  institution.  Failure to
submit an acceptable  compliance plan, or failure to adhere to a compliance plan
that has been accepted by the appropriate  regulator,  would constitute  grounds
for further enforcement action.

     State Bank Activities.  Under federal law and Federal Reserve  regulations,
Federal  Reserve  member  state  banks  are   prohibited,   subject  to  certain
exceptions,  from making or retaining  equity  investments  of a type,  or in an
amount,  that  are  not  permissible  for  a  national  bank.  Federal  law,  as
implemented  by Federal  Reserve  regulations,  also prohibits  Federal  Reserve
member state banks and their subsidiaries,  subject to certain exceptions,  from
engaging as principal in any activity  that is not permitted for a national bank
or its subsidiary  respectively,  unless the bank meets,  and continues to meet,
its minimum regulatory  capital  requirements and the Federal Reserve determines
the activity would not pose a significant risk to the deposit  insurance fund of
which the bank is a member.  Impermissible  investments  and activities  must be
divested or  discontinued  within certain time frames set by the Federal Reserve
in accordance with federal law. These restrictions are not currently expected to
have a material impact on the operations of the Bank.

     Consumer  Protection Laws. The Bank's business includes making a variety of
types of loans to  individuals.  In making these  loans,  the Bank is subject to
State usury and regulatory  laws and to various  federal  statutes,  such as the
Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act,  the Fair Credit  Reporting  Act,  the Truth in
Lending Act, the Real Estate  Settlement  Procedures  Act, and the Home Mortgage
Disclosure  Act, and the  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  which  prohibit
discrimination, specify disclosures to be made to borrowers regarding credit and
settlement  costs,  and regulate the mortgage loan  servicing  activities of the
Bank,  including  the  maintenance  and  operation  of escrow  accounts  and the
transfer of mortgage loan servicing.  In receiving deposits, the Bank is subject
to extensive  regulation under State and federal law and regulations,  including
the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Bank Secrecy
Act, the Electronic  Funds Transfer Act, and the Federal Deposit  Insurance Act.
Violation of these laws could result in the  imposition of  significant  damages
and fines upon the Bank and its directors and officers.

     Branching  Authority.  Michigan banks, such as the Bank, have the authority
under  Michigan  law to  establish  branches  anywhere in the State of Michigan,
subject to receipt of all required regulatory  approvals (including the approval
of the Commissioner and the Federal Reserve).

     Effective  June 1, 1997 (or earlier if expressly  authorized  by applicable
state law), the Riegle-Neal  Interstate Banking and Branching  Efficiency Act of
1994 (the "IBBEA") allows banks to establish  interstate branch networks through
acquisitions of other banks,  subject to certain  conditions,  including certain
limitations  on the  aggregate  amount  of  deposits  that  may be  held  by the
surviving bank and all of its insured  depository  institution  affiliates.  The
establishment  of de novo  interstate  branches or the acquisition of individual
branches  of a  bank  in  another  state  (rather  than  the  acquisition  of an
out-of-state  bank in its  entirety)  is allowed  by IBBEA only if  specifically
authorized by state

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
law. The  legislation  allowed  individual  states to  "opt-out"  of  interstate
branching authority by enacting appropriate legislation prior to June 1, 1997.

     Michigan  did not opt out of IBBEA,  and now permits both U.S. and non-U.S.
banks to  establish  branch  offices in  Michigan.  The  Michigan  Banking  Code
permits, in appropriate circumstances and with the approval of the OFIS, (i) the
acquisition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of a  Michigan-chartered
bank by an  FDIC-insured  bank,  savings bank,  or savings and loan  association
located in another state, (ii) the acquisition by a  Michigan-chartered  bank of
all or substantially all of the assets of an FDIC-insured  bank, savings bank or
savings and loan association  located in another state,  (iii) the consolidation
of one or more Michigan-chartered banks and FDIC-insured banks, savings banks or
savings and loan  associations  located in other states  having laws  permitting
such consolidation,  with the resulting organization chartered by Michigan, (iv)
the  establishment  by a foreign bank,  which has not previously  designated any
other state as its home state under the  International  Banking Act of 1978,  of
branches  located in  Michigan,  and (v) the  establishment  or  acquisition  of
branches in Michigan by FDIC-insured banks located in other states, the District
of  Columbia  or  U.S.  territories  or  protectorates  having  laws  permitting
Michigan-chartered  banks to establish branches in such  jurisdiction.  Further,
the Michigan  Banking Code  permits,  upon written  notice to the OFIS,  (i) the
acquisition by a Michigan-chartered bank of one or more branches (not comprising
all or  substantially  all of the assets) of a bank,  savings bank,  savings and
loan  association  or credit  union  located in Michigan or another  state,  the
District  of  Columbia,   or  a  U.S.   territory  or  protectorate,   (ii)  the
establishment by  Michigan-chartered  banks of branches located in other states,
the  District  of  Columbia,  U.S.  territories  or  protectorates  or a foreign
country, and (iii) the consolidation of one or more Michigan-chartered banks and
FDIC-insured  banks,  savings banks or savings and loan associations  located in
other  states,  with the resulting  organization  chartered by one of such other
states.

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
Item 2.  Financial Information.
<TABLE>
                                                                   SUMMARY OF SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                                                                        (in thousands, except per share data)

                                                                               Years Ended December 31,

                                                          1999            1998           1997          1996            1995
                                                          ----            ----           ----          ----            ----
<S>                                                     <C>             <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>
Income Statement Data:
  Interest and dividend income                          $ 17,923        $ 17,517      $ 16,929       $ 15,281        $ 13,668
  Interest expense                                         6,312           7,205         7,586          6,934           6,024
  Net interest income                                     11,611          10,312         9,343          8,347           7,644
  Provision for loan losses                                2,560             239           245            253              35
  Noninterest income                                       2,237           2,850         1,769          1,459           1,188
  Noninterest expense                                      8,994           8,913         7,632          6,803           6,194
  Income before income taxes                               2,294           4,010         3,235          2,750           2,603
  Net income                                               1,563           2,660         2,132          1,865           1,808
Per Share Data (1):
  Basic net income                                          1.83            3.13          2.51           2.19            2.12
  Diluted net income                                        1.83            3.12          2.51           2.19            2.12
  Cash dividends declared                                    .75             .67           .60            .58             .55
  Shareholders' equity and net ESOP                        26.72           26.26         23.71          21.61           20.22
  obligation per share
  Shareholders' equity per share                           21.64           21.92         20.24          18.46           17.24
Balance Sheet Data:
  Total assets                                         $ 239,904       $ 220,414     $ 212,920      $ 201,971       $ 182,925
  Loans                                                  197,308         158,487       163,039        151,021         127,798
  Allowance for loan losses                                4,646           2,182         1,964          1,761           1,651
  Deposits                                               199,206         185,891       174,973        159,324         162,747
  Borrowed funds                                          16,177          10,626        16,346         22,935           1,630
  Shareholders' equity and net ESOP                       22,775          22,345        20,074         18,397          17,240
  obligations
  Shareholders' equity                                    18,449          18,648        17,137         15,721          14,694

Ratios:

  Net interest income to average earning assets             5.66%          5.07%         4.72%          4.75%           4.76%
  Return on average shareholders' equity and
  net ESOP obligation                                        6.65          12.46         10.99          10.47           11.23
  Return on average shareholders' equity                     8.02          14.76         12.84          12.27           13.75
  Return on average assets                                    .70           1.21          1.00            .97            1.01
  Nonperforming loans to total loans                         1.73            .25           .27            .26             .16
  Tier 1 leverage ratio                                      9.60           9.90          9.30           9.30            9.40
  Dividend payout ratio                                     40.98          21.41         23.86          26.48           25.77
  Average shareholders' equity and net ESOP                 10.52           9.72          9.11           9.26            9.03
  obligation
Average shareholders' equity to average
Total assets                                                 8.72           8.21          7.79           7.90            7.38
</TABLE>

(1) All amounts have been restated for all stock splits and stock dividends.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
                MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                       CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1999, 1998 AND 1997

     The  following  financial  review  presents  management's   discussion  and
analysis of consolidated  financial  condition and results of operations  during
the period of 1997 through 1999.  The  discussion  should be read in conjunction
with the Company's consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.

Summary

     At the end of 1999,  preliminary  indications were that the Company and the
Bank had achieved a record year in terms of overall operating  performance,  net
income and increased value to shareholder equity.

     However,   an  event  occurred  subsequent  to  year-end  that  required  a
substantial  one-time  adjustment  that  decreased  net income and increased the
provision for loan losses.  While the situation is not resolved,  an overview is
as follows.

     In August,  1999, the Bank purchased a $3,000,000 loan  participation  from
another  Michigan-based  independent  bank.  That  participation  represented  a
portion of a $5,300,000  credit  commitment  made by that bank to a mid-Michigan
manufacturing company ("Borrowing Company").  Under the participation agreement,
the selling,  or lead, bank was responsible for administration and monitoring of
the credit arrangement.

     Subsequently,  the Bank became aware of adverse financial  circumstances at
the  Borrowing  Company and it is probable  that both the lead bank and the Bank
will  experience  credit  losses.  There are  allegations  that  officers of the
Borrowing  Company  committed  fraudulent  activities.  In  addition,  there are
questions  regarding the  management  of the  situation by the lead bank.  Legal
action  has been  initiated  against  the  Borrowing  Company  by the lead bank.
Independent of that action,  the Bank is exploring options for mitigation of any
losses to the Bank.

     Although it is likely that a loss will be  sustained,  the magnitude of any
ultimate  loss cannot be accurately  determined as of this date.  Based upon the
facts as they are now known,  however,  the Bank has taken a  one-time,  pre-tax
charge to 1999  earnings  of  $2,300,000  and has added that  amount to its 1999
provision for loan losses.

     This  situation is unique in that while the  borrower's  adverse  financial
circumstances  occurred  during 1999,  the Bank was not alerted to its potential
severity until late January, 2000. After extensive review, management recognized
the loss in 1999.

     The effect upon 1999  earnings and key  performance  ratios was as follows.
Pre-adjusted  1999 net earnings were $3,080,777,  which would have resulted in a
return on average  equity  (ROE) of 16.70  percent,  a return on average  assets
(ROA) of 1.39 percent with basic and diluted earnings per share of $3.61.  Those
pre-adjusted   operating   results  are  record   performances  and  would  have
represented an increase in net income of $420,303,  or 15.80  percent.  With the
adjustment,  net income decreased to $1,562,778,  return on average equity (ROE)
was 8.02  percent,  return on average  assets (ROA) was .70 percent and earnings
per share were $1.83.

     As mentioned, efforts continue to mitigate any loss. In addition, this is a
single event and is not, in management's  judgment,  representative of a broader
weakness in the overall loan  portfolio.  Measured by regulatory  criteria,  the
Bank  is a  well-capitalized  institution  and,  assuming  a loss  of  the  full
$2,300,000,   would   continue  to  be  so  classified.   The  Company   remains
fundamentally strong and is continuing to execute its growth-oriented  strategic
plan.

     Despite this  unusual  event,  1999 was another year in which  records were
established in a number of  performance  categories.  Total assets  increased by
$19,489,844,  or 8.84 percent,  and ended the year at  $239,903,508.  Led by the
Commercial  Lending area and with  virtually all portfolio  segments  displaying
substantial growth, total loans increased by $38,820,704,  or 24.49 percent. The
significance  of this  growth  is  enhanced  when one  considers  the fact  that
$1,483,725 in  agricultural  loans and  $49,491,958 in  residential  real estate
loans were sold to secondary  market  investors.  In addition to the residential
real estate loans shown on the balance  sheet,  the Bank  originated  and, as of
year-end 1999, continued to service,  $181,102,000 in sold loans.  Demonstrating
that loan production did not come at the expense of pricing or quality,  the net
interest margin of 5.66 percent continued to be very high compared to the Bank's

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
peer group and loan  delinquency  throughout  1999  averaged .51 percent.  Total
deposits  increase  $13,315,458,  or 7.16  percent,  from year to year and total
operating  expenses,  which increased a nominal  $81,786,  or .92 percent,  were
well-controlled.

     The Company and its subsidiary  bank,  Bank of Lenawee,  consistently  have
maintained a strong capital ratio.  Its Tier I risk based capital ratio of 11.1%
makes it a well capitalized bank.

     To  achieve  this  historic  success,  the  Company  has relied on years of
continuous  improvements in a business  culture that emphasizes  quality assets,
managed in an efficient manner so as to minimize the cost of overhead. Combining
technology  with quality  personal  service has also been a key component to the
Company's success.

     The  Company  has  a  surplus  of  capital.  The  Board  of  Directors  has
established a long term goal to create more  efficient  utilization  of capital.
The primary  emphasis is  releveraging  capital  through  aggressive yet careful
growth and enhancement of nontraditional  banking services.  This is expected to
be  accomplished  through  competitive,  cost  effective  products and services,
efficiently  delivered  without  compromising  the Bank's risk and  underwriting
standards.  It is expected  that the Company will continue to pay dividends in a
ratio  to  earnings  consistent  with  the  1995  through  1998  period,   while
maintaining  the  Company's  equilibrium  between  growth,   capital  needs  and
earnings.

Results of Operations

Table 1 - Earnings Performance (in thousands, except per share data)
<TABLE>
                                                                             Years ended December 31
                                                               ----------------------------------------------------
                                                                  1999                 1998                  1997
                                                                  ----                 ----                  ----
<S>                                                             <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Net income....................................                  $ 1,563              $ 2,660               $ 2,132
  Basic earnings per share....................                     1.83                 3.13                  2.51
  Diluted earnings per share..................                     1.83                 3.12                  2.51

Earnings ratios:
  Return on average assets....................                     .70%                1.21%                 1.00%
  Return on average shareholders' equity and
      net ESOP obligation.....................                     6.65                12.45                 10.99
  Return on average shareholders' equity......                     8.02                14.76                 12.84
</TABLE>

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
Net Interest Income

     The following  table sets forth the years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and
1997, the average  balances of major categories of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing  liabilities,  interest income earned and interest expense paid
during such periods and the related weighted average rates of the Company.

Table 2 - Analysis of Net Interest Income
<TABLE>
                                                                        Years ended December 31,
                                                                        ------------------------
                                                    1999                            1998                            1997
                                                    ----                            ----                            ----
                                      Average     Interest              Average    Interest   Yield/   Average     Interest   Yield/
                                    Outstanding   Earned/    Yield/   Outstanding  Earned/    Rate    Outstanding  Earned/     Rate
                                      Balance      Paid       Rate      Balance     Paid               Balance      Paid
                                      -------      ----       ----      -------     ----      ----     -------      ----       ----
Interest-earning assets:
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>
 Loans (1)                            $ 171,276   $ 16,025    9.36%   $ 163,916   $ 15,292    9.33%   $ 158,603   $ 14,539     9.17%
 Securities available for sale (2)       28,456      1,555    5.46       28,894      1,594    5.52       31,177      1,889     6.06
 Federal funds sold                       2,319        118    5.09        5,205        277    5.32        4,469        238     5.33
 Federal Home Loan Bank Stock             2,504        200    7.99        2,504        200    7.99        2,411        194     8.05
 Interest-bearing balances with
  financial institutions                    517         25    4.84        3,027        154    5.09        1,161         69     5.94
                                      ---------   --------            ---------    -------            ---------    -------
  Total interest-earning assets         205,072     17,923    8.74      203,546     17,517    8.61      197,821     16,929     8.56
                                      ---------   --------            ---------    -------            ---------    -------

Noninterest-earning assets:

 Cash and due from financial
  institutions                            7,807                           6,000                           5,784
 Premises and equipment, net              6,556                           6,533                           6,111
 Other assets                             3,893                           3,403                           3,334
                                      ---------                       ---------                       ---------
  Total assets                        $ 223,328                       $ 219,482                       $ 213,050
                                      =========                       =========                       =========
Interest-bearing liabilities:

 Interest-bearing demand deposits     $  48,636    $ 1,337    2.75%   $  45,655   $  1,301    2.85%   $  42,423    $ 1,286     3.03%
 Savings deposits                        24,293        379    1.56       23,730        468    1.97       24,393        483     1.98
 Time deposits                           79,088      3,977    5.03       80,794      4,492    5.56       80,504      4,582     5.69
 Repurchase agreements and other
  borrowings                              3,942        155    3.93        3,335        143    4.29        2,177        109     5.01
 Advances from FHLB                       7,812        464    5.94       13,194        801    6.07       18,975      1,126     5.93
                                      ---------   --------            ---------    -------            ---------    -------
  Total interest-bearing
   liabilities                          163,771      6,312    3.85      166,708      7,205    4.32      168,472      7,586     4.50
                                      ---------   --------            ---------    -------            ---------    -------
Noninterest-bearing liabilities:
 Demand deposits                         34,634                          29,907                          24,333
 Other liabilities                        1,430                           1,527                             837
                                      ---------                       ---------                       ---------
  Total liabilities                     199,835                         198,142                         193,642
 Common stock subject to
  repurchase obligation in ESOP           4,012                           3,317                           2,806
 Shareholders' equity                    19,481                          18,023                          16,602
                                      =========                       ---------                       ---------
  Total liabilities and
   shareholders' equity               $ 223,328                       $ 219,482                       $ 213,050
                                      =========                       =========                       =========



Net interest income, interest rate
 spread                                           $ 11,611    4.89%               $ 10,312    4.29%                $ 9,343     4.06%
                                                  ========    =====               ========    =====                =======     =====
Net interest margin (net interest
 income as a percent of average
 interest-earning assets)                                     5.66%                           5.07%                            4.72%
                                                              =====                           =====                            =====
Average interest-earning assets to
 average interest-bearing  liabilities                      125.22%                         122.10%                          117.42%
                                                            =======                         =======                          =======
</TABLE>
     (1)  For purposes of these  computations,  nonaccrual loans are included in
          the average loan  balances  outstanding  and loan fees are included in
          interest on loans  available.  The inclusion of  nonaccrual  loans and
          fees does not have a material  effect on either the average balance or
          the average yield
     (2)  Interest  income on tax-exempt  securities  has not been adjusted to a
          taxable equivalent basis.

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
     Net interest  income is the  principal  source of income for the Bank.  Net
interest income  increased to $11,611,000 or by 12.6% in 1999. In the prior year
net  interest  income  increased  by 10.8% to  $10,312,000  million in 1998 from
$9,343,000 million in 1997.

     Net interest  income is the difference  between  interest  earned on loans,
securities,  and other earning assets and interest paid on deposits and borrowed
funds.  Table 3 analyzes the reasons for the increases and decreases in interest
income and  expense.  The change in interest  due to changes in both balance and
rate has been  allocated  to change  due to  balance  and  change due to rate in
proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of change in each.


Table 3 - Change in Net Interest Income (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                            1999 Compared to 1998                   1998 Compared to 1997
                                            ---------------------                   ---------------------
                                                  Amount of                               Amount of
                                                  ---------                               ---------
                                             Increase/(Decrease)                     Increase/(Decrease)
                                             -------------------                     -------------------

                                       Due to        Due to                     Due to       Due to
                                       Volume         Rate         Net          Volume        Rate       Net
                                       ------         ----         ---          ------        ----       ---
<S>                                    <C>           <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Interest Income
  Loans........................        $   688       $   45        $   733      $    493     $  260      $  753
  Securities available for sale            (24)         (15)           (39)         (133)      (162)       (295)
  Federal funds sold...........           (147)         (12)          (159)           39          -          39
  Federal Home Loan Bank                     -            -              -
    Stock......................                                                        7         (1)          6
  Interest-bearing balances
    With financial institutions           (122)          (7)          (129)           96        (11)         85
                                       -------       ------        -------      --------     ------      ------
    Total interest income......            395           11            406           502         86         588
                                       -------       ------        -------      --------     ------      ------
Interest Expense

  Interest-bearing deposits:
    Demand.....................             83          (47)            36            95        (80)         15
    Savings....................             11         (100)           (89)          (13)        (2)        (15)
    Time.......................            (93)        (422)          (515)           16       (106)        (90)
  Repurchase agreements and
    other borrowings...........             25          (13)            12            51        (17)         34
  Advances from FHLB...........           (320)         (17)          (337)         (350)        25        (325)
                                       -------       ------        -------      --------     ------      ------
   Total interest expense                 (294)        (599)          (893)         (201)      (180)       (381)
                                       -------       ------        -------      --------     ------      ------
Net interest income                    $   689       $  610        $ 1,299      $    703     $  266      $  969
                                       =======       ======        =======      ========     ======      ======
</TABLE>

     The Company's  commitment to reinvesting  in its  communities is evident in
its ratios of loans to assets and loans to deposits,  which ratios are generally
greater than the average of the comparable  ratios of the Company's peers.  This
in turn translates into above peer net interest margin.  (Based on FFIEC uniform
bank performance report.)

     Net interest income as a percent of total interest income was 64.8%, 58.9%,
and 55.2% for 1999,  1998, and 1997  respectively.  The net interest  margin was
5.66, 5.07, and 4.72% for the same periods.

     Interest and fees from loans represented  89.4%,  87.3%, and 85.9% of total
interest income for 1999,  1998, and 1997  respectively.  Net interest income is
strongly influenced by the results of the Bank's lending activities.

     Total interest expense decreased 16.8% from 1997 to 1999. Cost of funds are
influenced  by the banks  ability to provide a superior  quality of service,  as
customers  factor the Bank's  service  quality into their decision on acceptable
deposit rates, as well as economic  conditions and reciprocal  activities of the
Federal Reserve.  The Bank's  asset/liability

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
committee  seeks to manage sources and uses of funds,  and to monitor the gap in
maturities  of these funds to maintain a steady net  interest  margin in varying
market conditions.

Table 4 - Composition of Average Earning Assets and Interest-Bearing Liabilities
<TABLE>
                                                                        Years ended December 31
                                                          -------------------------------------------------
                                                           1999                  1998                 1997
                                                           ----                  ----                 ----
<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                  <C>
As a percent of average interest-earning assets
  Loans......................................               83.5%                 80.5%               80.2%
  Other earning assets.......................               16.5%                 19.5%               19.8%
                                                          ------                ------              ------
     Average interest-earning assets.........              100.0%                100.0%              100.0%

  Savings and NOW accounts...................               44.5%                 41.6%               39.7%
  Time deposits..............................               48.3%                 48.5%               47.8%
  Borrowed funds.............................                7.2%                  9.9%               12.5%
                                                          ------                ------              ------
     Average interest-bearing liabilities....              100.0%                100.0%              100.0%

Interest-earning asset ratio.................               91.8%                 92.7%               92.9%
</TABLE>

Noninterest Income

     The major component of the Bank's noninterest income is service charges and
fees on deposits and gains from sale of Fannie Mae mortgage loans.

     Deposit account service  charges  increased  $163,000 or 26.4% from 1998 to
1999 and $35,000 or 6.1% from 1997 to 1998. The  substantial  increase  reflects
the Banks  enhanced  ability  to  provide an  improved  quality  of service  and
appropriately charge for these services.


Table 5 - Noninterest Income (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                Years ended December 31
                                                 -----------------------------------------------------
                                                      1999                 1998                  1997
                                                      ----                 ----                  ----
<S>                                               <C>                    <C>                  <C>
Service charges and fees on deposit               $     779              $    616             $    581
  accounts ...............................
Net gains on loan sales                               1,032                 1,994                  790
Loan servicing fees, net of amortization                113                 (145)                  162
Other.....................................              313                   385                  236
                                                  ---------              --------             --------
     Total noninterest income.............        $   2,237              $  2,850             $  1,769
                                                  =========              ========             ========
</TABLE>
     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  with respect to the
origination  and sale of real estate  mortgage  loans,  including  the net gains
recognized on the sale of such loans.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
Table 6 - Net Gains on the Sale of Real Estate Mortgage Loans (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                                  Years ended December 31
                                                                 --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1999                 1998                  1997
                                                                    ----                 ----                  ----
<S>                                                               <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Real estate mortgage loans originated for sale.............       $    47,554          $   102,722           $   36,344
Real estate mortgage loan sales............................            49,492              103,890               36,499
Net gains on the sale of real estate mortgage loans........             1,032                1,994                  790
Net gains as a percent of real estate mortgage loan sales..
                                                                        2.09%                1.92%                2.16%
</TABLE>
     Net gains on the sale of real estate  mortgage  loans totaled $1.0 million,
$2.0 million and $.8 million in 1999,  1998 and 1997.  The increase from 1997 to
1998 of $1.2  million was a result of a decline in the  national  interest  rate
market  creating an economic  opportunity  for mortgage loan consumers to reduce
personal  costs by  refinancing.  The decrease from 1998 to 1999 of $1.0 million
was the result of a slowdown in refinance  activity due to  increasing  national
interest  rates  leaving  the  primary  profitability  of the core  real  estate
mortgage business.

     The Bank sells the majority of its  fixed-rate  mortgage  obligations.  The
majority of these loans are sold without  recourse.  The Bank retains  servicing
rights on real estate mortgage loans sold.


Noninterest Expense

Table 7 - Noninterest Expense (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                               Years ended December 31
                                                 ------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1999                 1998                 1997
                                                      ----                 ----                 ----
<S>                                               <C>                  <C>                   <C>
Salaries and employee benefits............        $  5,035             $  5,091              $  4,141
Occupancy and equipment...................           1,678                1,586                 1,519
Insurance.................................              64                  118                   105
Printing, postage and supplies............             328                  333                   290
Professional and outside services.........             208                  362                   300
State and other taxes.....................             169                  172                   154
Mobile banking costs......................             236                  225                   240
Receivable financing services.............             282                  187                   119
Other.....................................             994                  839                   764
                                                  --------             --------              --------
  Total noninterest expense...............        $  8,994             $  8,913              $  7,632
                                                  ========             ========              ========
</TABLE>

     Total operating  expenses grew 16.7% from 1997 to 1998. The majority of the
increase was in employee  salaries  and  benefits,  primarily  the result of the
addition of professional  staff.  The Bank has made a conscious effort to add to
staff to improve and expand its loan portfolios and technology utilization. This
is a long term  initiative  that is expected to  contribute to future growth and
earnings. Total operating expenses grew a modest .9% from 1998 to 1999.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
The Loan Portfolio

     The loan  personnel of the Bank are committed to making  quality loans that
produce a  competitive  rate of return for the Bank and also serve the community
by providing funds for home purchases, business purposes, and consumer needs. It
is management's  intent to maintain a loan to deposit ratio near 100%,  enabling
the Bank to sustain  local  economic  development  and earn the higher  interest
rates available on loans.

     The  majority  of loans are made to  businesses  in the form of  commercial
loans and real  estate  mortgages.  The Bank's  consumer  mortgage  activity  is
substantial;  however,  only a small portion of these loans are retained for the
Bank's own portfolio. The Bank does retain the servicing rights on substantially
all such sold loans.  The Bank has built a $181.1  million  servicing  portfolio
primarily with the Federal National Mortgage Association  ("FNMA").  At December
31, 1999 and 1998,  the Bank was  servicing  loans of $181.1  million and $140.8
million,  respectively,  all of which relate to residential mortgages originated
by the Bank. The Bank originated  $47,600,000 and $102,900,000 in mortgage loans
in 1999  and  1998,  respectively,  and  sold to FNMA  $49,492,000  in 1999  and
$103,890,000 in 1998.

     The loan  portfolio mix consists of 13.7%  residential  real estate,  17.7%
consumer installment, 52.5% commercial, and 16.0% agricultural.

     Nearly  100% of loans are placed  within  Lenawee  County  and the  closely
surrounding  community  areas in which the Bank  designates  as its  market  for
purposes of regulatory Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA") compliance.


Table 8 - Loan Portfolio Composition (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                 Balance as of December 31
                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              1999                  1998                   1997                 1996                   1995
                        Amount        %       Amount       %         Amount      %        Amount        %        Amount        %
<S>                    <C>          <C>      <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>         <C>
Commercial and
Agricultural.......    $135,325     68.6     $112,451     71.0     $106,494     65.3     $ 97,869     64.8      $77,400      60.6
Real Estate -
Construction.......       9,934      5.0        7,462      4.7        4,862      3.0        3,814      2.5        2,597       2.0
Real Estate -
Mortgage...........      17,203      8.7        9,548      6.0       22,973     14.1       23,778     15.8       23,915      18.7
Consumer...........      34,846     17.7       29,026     18.3       28,710     17.6       25,560     16.9       23,886      18.7
                      ---------              --------              --------              --------              --------
  Total loans......    $197,308    100.0%    $158,487    100.0%    $163,039    100.0%    $151,021    100.0%    $127,798     100.0%

Less:
Deferred Loan
Fees/Costs.........                               (33)                   27                   113                   150
Allowance for
Loan Losses........      (4,646)               (2,182)               (1,964)               (1,761)               (1,651)
                      ---------              --------              --------              --------              --------
Total Loans
Receivable, Net....    $192,721              $156,272              $161,102              $149,373              $126,297
                       ========              ========              ========              ========              ========
</TABLE>

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
     The Bank has a  written  lending  policy  to reduce  credit  risk,  enhance
earnings and guide the lending  officers in making credit  decisions.  There are
multiple  levels in the loan  authorization  procedure  depending  on the dollar
amount of the loan request as follows:

       $         0 -   250,000   -    One lender or committee of lenders
                                      according to assigned authority.
           250,001 -   500,000   -    Officers' Loan Committee.
           500,001 - 1,000,000   -    Loan Committee of the Board of  Directors.
         1,000,001 - or more     -    Board of Directors, acting upon the
                                      recommendation of the Director's Loan
                                      Committee.

     The  Board  of  Directors  has  appointed  a  Loan   Administrator  who  is
responsible for the supervision of the lending activities of the Bank. The Board
has also appointed a loan review officer who,  combined with the  utilization of
external  loan  specialist  review,  monitors  the  credit  quality  of the loan
portfolio  independent  of the  loan  approval  process.  Periodic  reviews  are
submitted  by the loan review  officers to the Chief  Lending  Officer and these
reviews are submitted to the Board of Directors on periodic basis.

     The extent of loan  quality is  demonstrated  by the historic low ratios of
nonperforming  loans and charge offs as a percentage of the loan portfolio prior
to year end 1999.  As  referenced  in more detail in Table 10 below,  the Bank's
ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans at December 31, 1999 was 1.73%. This
increase over historic ratios was the result of one participation loan described
in the "Summary" at the beginning of this discussion.  In 1999, the Bank had net
loans charged-off of $96,000,  while net charge-offs were $21,000 and $42,000 in
1998 and 1997, respectively.

     Nonperforming  assets  are  comprised  of loans for which  the  accrual  of
interest  has been  discontinued,  accruing  loans  90 days or more  past due in
payments,  collateral  for loans which have been  in-substance  foreclosed,  and
other real estate which has been acquired  primarily through  foreclosure and is
awaiting  disposition.  Loans are  generally  placed on a nonaccrual  basis when
principal  or interest  is past due 90 days or more and when,  in the opinion of
management, full collection of principal and interest is unlikely.

Table 9 - Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates.

     The  following  table  shows the amount of total  loans  outstanding  as of
December 31, 1999 which, based on remaining  scheduled  repayments of principal,
are due in the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
                                                                          Maturing
                                                                  (in thousands of dollars)
                                                                 After one but
                                         Within one Year       within five years     After five years          Total

<S>                                      <C>                     <C>                   <C>                   <C>
Real estate-mortgage..............       $     3,779             $      9,297          $    4,127           $   17,203

Real estate-construction..........                 -                      263               9,671                9,934

Consumer..........................             8,088                   17,703               9,055               34,846

Commercial and agricultural.......            54,738                   64,009              16,578              135,325
                                         -----------             ------------          ----------           ----------
      Totals......................       $    66,605             $     91,272          $   39,431              197,308
                                         ===========             ============          ==========
Allowance for loan losses.........                                                                              (4,646)

Deferred loan fees................                                                                                  59
                                                                                                            ----------
Total loans receivable, net.......                                                                          $  192,721
                                                                                                            ==========
</TABLE>
                                      -20-
<PAGE>
     Below is a  schedule  for the  amounts  maturing  or  repricing  which  are
classified according to their sensitivity to changes in interest rates.

<TABLE>
                                                                    Interest Sensitivity
                                                                  (in thousands of dollars)
                                                    Fixed Rate            Variable Rate             Total
                                                    ----------            -------------             -----
  <S>                                              <C>                    <C>                    <C>
  Due within 3 months......................        $      4,368           $     34,114           $     38,482

  Due after 3 months within 1 year.........              16,716                 11,407                 28,123

  Due after one but within five years......              52,077                 39,195                 91,272

  Due after five years.....................              39,031                    400                 39,431
                                                   ------------           ------------           ------------
  Total....................................        $    112,192           $     85,116                197,308
                                                   ============           ============
  Allowance for loan losses................                                                            (4,646)

  Deferred loan fees.......................                                                                59
                                                                                                 ------------
  Total loans receivable, net..............                                                      $    192,721
                                                                                                 ============
</TABLE>

Table 10 - Nonperforming Assets (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                                   December 31

                                                                    1999        1998        1997       1996       1995
                                                                    ----        ----        ----       ----       ----
<S>                                                                 <C>
Nonaccrual loans..............................................      $ 3071      $  121      $   78    $    24     $   95
90 days or more past due & still accruing.....................         275         275         367        369        108
                                                                       ---         ---         ---        ---        ---
  Total nonperforming loans...................................        3346         396         445        393        203
Other real estate.............................................         255         341         232        415        275
                                                                     -----      ------      ------    -------     ------
  Total nonperforming assets..................................      $ 3601      $  737      $  677    $   808     $  478
                                                                    ======      ======      ======    =======     ======

Nonperforming loans as a percent of total loans...............       1.73%        .25%        .27%       .26%       .16%
Nonperforming assets as a percent of total loans..............       1.87%        .47%        .42%       .54%       .37%
Nonperforming loans as a percent of the loan loss reserve ....       77.5%      18.15%      22.66%     22.32%     12.30%
</TABLE>
     While the balance of  nonperforming  loans is 77.5% of the Bank's loan loss
reserve as of December 31, 1999, management is confident that substantial equity
exists in the majority of these credits. The loan loss reserve then, is adequate
for these loans as well as the remainder of the lending portfolio.

     The allowance for loan losses is analyzed periodically by management. In so
doing,  management  assigns a portion of the allowance to specific  credits that
have been  identified  as problem  loans and reviews past loss  experience.  The
local economy and particular  concentrations are considered, as well as a number
of other factors.

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
Table 11 - Loan Loss Experience (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                                       Year ended December 31
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                1999             1998            1997          1996         1995
                                                                ----             ----            ----          ----         ----
Loans:
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>          <C>
  Average daily balance of loans for the year, net.....        $171,276         $163,916        $158,603      $141,422     $125,444
  Amount of loans outstanding at end of period, net....        $192,721         $156,272        $161,102      $149,373     $126,297

Allowance for loan losses:
  Balance at beginning of year.........................        $  2,182         $  1,964        $  1,761      $  1,651     $  1,579
  Loans charged off:
    Real estate-mortgage...............................              34               13               -             -            -
    Real estate-construction...........................               -                -               -             -            -
    Commercial and agricultural........................              28               14              15             8            -
    Consumer...........................................              96               26              61           166           35
                                                               --------         --------        --------      --------     --------
        Total charge-offs..............................             158               53              76           174           35
  Recoveries of loans previously charged off
    Real estate........................................              15                -               -             -            2
    Real estate construction...........................               -                -               -             -            -
    Commercial and agricultural........................               6               10              14            14           54
    Consumer...........................................              41               22              20            17           16
                                                               --------         --------        --------      --------     --------
        Total recoveries...............................              62               32              34            31           72
                                                               --------         --------        --------      --------     --------
  Net loans charged off (recoveries)...................              96               21              42           143          (37)
  Additions to allowance charged to operations.........           2,560              239             245           253           35
                                                               --------         --------        --------      --------     --------
        Balance at end of year.........................        $  4,646         $  2,182        $  1,964      $  1,761     $  1,651
                                                               ========         ========        ========      ========     ========
Ratios:
  Net loans charged off to avg net loans outstanding...            .06%             .01%            .03%          .10%        (.03)%
  Allowance for loan losses to net loans outstanding...           2.41%            1.40%           1.22%         1.18%        1.31 %
</TABLE>

Table 12 - Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                            Year ended December 31
                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1999          1998           1997           1996           1995
                                                       ----          ----           ----           ----           ----
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>
Commercial and agricultural.................         $   4,010     $   1,680      $   1,556      $   1,564     $    1,274
Real estate-mortgages.......................                33            18              2              1              1
Real estate-construction....................                99            74             49             38             26
Consumer....................................               135           130             27              2             81
Unallocated.................................               369           280            330            156            269
                                                     ---------     ---------      ---------      ---------      ---------
  Total.....................................         $   4,646     $   2,182      $   1,964      $   1,761      $   1,651
                                                     =========     =========      =========      =========      =========
</TABLE>

     The portion of unallocated  allowance for loan losses is  representative of
the economic risk primarily in the commercial and agricultural loan portfolios.


The Securities Portfolio

     Securities are purchased and classified as  "available-for-sale."  The Bank
adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS")
No. 115,  "Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity Securities" on
January 1, 1994. These securities may be sold to meet the Bank's liquidity needs
or to improve the quality of the investment portfolio.

Deposits

     Deposits  are  gathered  from the  communities  the Bank  serves.  Table 13
indicates a relatively  stable base of deposits  spread over the Bank's  product
lines.  Average total  deposits grew 4.91% from 1997 to 1998 and grew 3.65% from
1998 to 1999.  The increase from 1998 to 1999 resulted  primarily from continued
success of a mobile courier operation.

     The Bank is continually enhancing its deposit products and delivery system.
The Bank has a five year history of operating Internet banking successfully. The
Bank  operates  a full  service  mobile  courier  service  with  seven  vehicles

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
operating seven days per week, fourteen hours per day. The Bank also operates 11
automated teller and cash machines, 7 of which are off-site.


Table 13 - Average Daily Deposits (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                         Average for the Year
                                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1999                          1998                          1997
                                           Amount      % of Assets      Amount      % of Assets       Amount      % of Assets
                                           ------      -----------      ------      -----------       ------      -----------
<S>                                        <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>         <C>               <C>
Noninterest bearing demand..........       $  34,634      15.5%         $  29,907       13.7%       $ 24,333         11.4%
MMDA/Savings and NOW accounts                 72,929      32.7%            69,385       31.6%         66,816         31.4%
Time................................          79,088      35.4%            80,794       36.8%         80,504         37.8%
                                           ---------      -----         ---------       -----       --------         -----
   Total Deposits...................        $186,651      83.6%          $180,086       82.1%       $171,653         80.6%
                                            ========      =====         =========       =====       ========         =====
</TABLE>
     The following table sets forth the average deposit balances and the average
rates paid thereon:
<TABLE>
                                                                          Average for the Year
                                          -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1999                          1998                          1997
                                            Average                     Average                       Average
                                            Balance        Rate         Balance         Rate          Balance         Rate
                                            -------        ----         -------         ----          -------         ----
<S>                                       <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>           <C>             <C>
Noninterest bearing demand............    $  34,634           -%        $ 29,907           -%         $  24,333           -%
MMDA/Savings and NOW accounts                72,929        2.35%          69,385        2.55%            66,816        2.65%
Time..................................       79,080        5.03%          80,794        5.56%            80,504        5.69%
                                          ---------        -----        --------        -----         ---------        -----
   Total Deposits.....................    $ 186,651        3.05%        $180,086        3.48%          $171,653        3.70%
                                          =========        =====        ========        =====         =========        =====
</TABLE>
     The following table summarizes time deposits in amounts of $100,000 or more
by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 1999:
<TABLE>
                                                                            Amount
                                                                            ------
                  <S>                                                    <C>
                  Three months or less........................           $ 13,893,000
                  Over 3 months through 6 months..............              6,225,000
                  Over 6 months through 1 year................              4,012,000
                  Over 1 year.................................              5,929,000
                                                                       --------------
                                                                         $ 30,059,000
</TABLE>
     The Bank operates in a competitive  environment.  Management monitors rates
at other  financial  institutions  in the area to  ascertain  that its rates are
competitive with the market. Management also attempts to offer a wide variety of
products  to meet the  needs of its  customers.  The Bank  offers  business  and
consumer  checking  accounts,  regular and money market  savings  accounts,  and
certificates having many options in their terms.

Capital

     A financial  institution's  capital ratio is looked upon by the  regulators
and the  public as an  indication  of its  soundness.  Table 14  summarizes  the
Company's  regulatory capital and its capital ratios. Also shown are the capital
requirements   established  by  the  regulatory   agencies  for  adequately  and
well-capitalized  institutions.  The Bank's strong  capital ratio puts it in the
best  classification on which the FDIC bases its assessment  charges. As capital
ratios  continue  to  increase,   management  is  challenged  to  find  ways  to
effectively administer the Bank's resources.

     In 1999, the Company paid dividends totaling $635,000, approximately 41% of
earnings.  In 1998, dividends of $569,000 were paid, 21% of earnings,  while the
previous year $510,000 was paid out equaling 24% of earnings.

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
Table 14- Capital Resources (in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                          Regulatory Requirements                           December 31
                                        Adequately          Well           ----------------------------------------------
                                       Capitalized       Capitalized          1999             1998             1997
                                                                              ----             ----             ----
<S>                                        <C>              <C>             <C>              <C>              <C>
Tier 1 capital..................                                            $  22,441        $  22,122        $  19,939
Tier 2 allowable capital........                                                2,535            2,182            1,964
                                                                            ---------        ---------        ---------
  Total qualifying capital......                                            $  24,976        $  24,304        $  21,903
                                                                            =========        =========        =========
Ratio of equity to total assets
Tier 1 leverage ratio...........            4%               5%               9.60%             9.90%            9.30%
Tier 1 risk-based capital.......            4%               6%              11.10%            12.60%           12.00%
Total risk-based capital........            8%              10%              12.30%            13.80%           13.10%
</TABLE>

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

     The  Company's  primary  market risk  exposure  is  interest  rate risk and
liquidity  risk.  All of the  Company's  transactions  are  denominated  in U.S.
dollars with no specific  foreign exchange  exposure.  The Company has a limited
exposure to commodity  prices related to  agricultural  loans.  Any impacts that
changes in foreign  exchange  rate and  commodity  prices would have on interest
rates are assumed to be insignificant.

     Interest  rate  risk  (IRR) is the  exposure  of a  banking  organization's
financial condition to adverse movements in interest rates.  Accepting this risk
can be an important  source of  profitability  and stockholder  value;  however,
excessive  levels  of IRR  could  pose a  significant  threat  to the  Company's
earnings and capital base. Accordingly, effective risk management that maintains
IRR at prudent levels is essential to the Company's safety and soundness.

     Evaluating a financial  institution's exposure to changes in interest rates
includes  assessing both the adequacy of the management  process used to control
IRR and the organization's  quantitative  level of exposure.  When assessing the
IRR management process,  the Company seeks to ensure that appropriate  policies,
procedures, management information systems and internal controls are in place to
maintain IRR at prudent levels with  consistency and continuity.  Evaluating the
quantitative  level of IRR exposure  requires the Company to assess the existing
and potential  future effects of changes in interest  rates on its  consolidated
financial condition, including capital adequacy, earnings, liquidity, and, where
appropriate, asset quality.

     The Federal  Reserve Board,  together with the Office of the Comptroller of
the  Currency and the Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation,  adopted a Joint
Agency Policy  Statement on IRR effective  June 26, 1996.  The policy  statement
provides  guidance to examiners and bankers on sound practices for managing IRR,
which  will  form the  basis  for  ongoing  evaluation  of the  adequacy  of IRR
management  at  supervised  institutions.  The policy  statement  also  outlines
fundamental  elements of sound  management  that have been  identified  in prior
Federal  Reserve  guidance and discusses the importance of these elements in the
context of managing  IRR.  Specifically,  the guidance  emphasizes  the need for
active board of director and senior  management  oversight  and a  comprehensive
risk management process that effectively identifies, measures and controls IRR.

     Financial  institutions  derive their income  primarily  from the excess of
interest  collected  over interest  paid.  The rates of interest an  institution
earns  on its  assets  and owes on its  liabilities  generally  are  established
contractually  for a period of time.  Since  market  interest  rates change over
time, an institution is exposed to lower profit margins (or losses) if it cannot
adapt to interest rate changes. For example, assume that an institution's assets
carry  intermediate  or long tern fixed  rates and that those  assets are funded
with  short-term  liabilities.  If market  interest  rates  rise by the time the
short-term  liabilities  must be refinanced,  the increase in the  institution's
interest  expense on its liabilities  may not be  sufficiently  offset if assets
continue to earn at the long-term  fixed rates.  Accordingly,  an  institution's
profits could decrease on existing  assets because the  institution  will either
have lower net interest income or possibly, net interest expense.  Similar risks
exis when assets are subject to  contractual  interest  rate  ceilings,  or rate
sensitive  assets  are  funded  by  longer-term,  fixed-rate  liabilities  in  a
decreasing rate environment.

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
     Various  techniques  might be used by an  institution  to minimize IRR. One
approach  used  by  the  Company  is to  periodically  analyze  its  assets  and
liabilities and make future financing and investment  decisions based on payment
streams,  interest rates,  contractual maturities,  and estimated sensitivity to
actual or potential changes in market interest rates. Such activities fall under
the broad definition of asset/liability management.

     Several ways an institution can manage IRR include: selling existing assets
or repaying certain  liabilities;  matching repricing periods for new assets and
liabilities,  for example,  by shortening  terms of new loans or investments and
hedging existing assets, liabilities,  or anticipated transactions.  The Company
has not  purchased  derivative  financial  instruments  in the past and does not
presently intend to purchase such instruments.

     Financial  institutions  are also subject to repayment risk in falling rate
environments.  For example,  mortgage  loans and other  financial  assets may be
prepaid by a debtor so that the debtor may refinance  their  obligations at new,
lower rates.  Prepayments of assets  carrying  higher rates reduce the Company's
interest income and overall asset yields.

     Certain portions of an  institution's  liabilities may be short-term or due
on  demand,  while  most of its assets may be  invested  in  long-term  loans or
investments.  Accordingly, the Company seeks to have in place sources of cash to
meet  short-term  demands.  These funds can be obtained by increasing  deposits,
borrowing  or  selling  assets.  Also,  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  advances  and
short-term borrowings provide additional sources of liquidity for the Company.

     Table 15 provides  information  about the Company's  financial  instruments
that are  sensitive  to changes in interest  rates as of  December  31, 1999 and
1998. The Company had no derivative financial instruments, or trading portfolio,
as of that  date.  The  expected  maturity  date  values  for loans  receivable,
mortgage-backed  securities and investments  securities were calculated  without
adjusting  the  instrument's  contractual  maturity  date  for  expectations  of
prepayments.  Expected  maturity date values of  interest-bearing  core deposits
were not based upon  estimates  of the period over which the  deposits  would be
outstanding, but rather the opportunity for repricing.

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
Table 15 - Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
(in thousands)
<TABLE>
                                                                                    1 9 9 9
                                                                    Principal/Notional Amount Maturing in:
                                                                    --------------------------------------
                                                                                                                              Fair
                                                                                                                              Value
                                         2000         2001         2002        2003        2004     Thereafter    Total     12/31/99
                                         ----         ----         ----        ----        ----     ----------    -----     --------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
Rate sensitive assets:
  Fixed interest rate loans             $  21,084   $  10,346    $  8,443    $ 11,677    $ 21,611   $ 39,031   $ 112,192   $ 111,815
   Average interest rate                     8.30%       8.95%       9.10%       8.86%       8.45%      8.40%       8.54%
  Variable interest rate loans             45,520      12,279      17,941       3,074       5,900        402      85,116      85,116
   Average interest rate                     9.04%       8.57%       8.50%       8.54%       8.58%      8.10%       8.80%
  Fixed interest rate securities              525       3,628       5,404           -           -      6,515      16,072      15,660
   Average interest rate                     5.79%       5.86%       6.20%          -           -       5.72%       5.92%
  Tax-exempt fixed interest rate
  securities                                2,192         800         628       1,299         376      2,164       7,459       7,364
   Average interest rate                     3.70%       4.01%       4.88%       4.03%       3.39%      4.65%       4.15%
  Federal funds sold                        2,200           -           -           -           -          -       2,200       2,200
   Average interest rate                     1.75%          -           -           -           -          -        1.75%
  FHLB stock                                2,504           -           -           -           -          -       2,504       2,504
   Average interest rate                     8.00%          -           -           -           -          -        8.00%
  Federal reserve stock                       360           -           -           -           -          -         360        360
   Average interest rate                     6.00%          -           -           -           -          -        6.00%
Rate sensitive liabilities:
  Interest bearing demand and demand       89,516           -           -           -           -          -      89,516      89,516
   Average interest rate                      .48%          -           -           -           -          -         .48%
  Savings and money market                 23,029           -           -           -           -          -      23,029      23,029
   Average interest rate                     1.50%          -           -           -           -          -        1.50%
  Time deposits                            32,328      19,353      10,617      15,324       9,039          -      86,661      87,189
   Average interest rate                     5.22%       5.06%       5.75%       5.84%       5.76%         -        5.42%
  Fixed interest rate FHLB advances         8,322         348         376         407         440      4,281      14,174      14,181
   Average interest rate                     5.96%       6.04%       6.04%       6.04%       6.04%      6.04%       5.99%
  Variable interest rate securities
  sold under agreements to repurchase       1,423           -           -           -           -          -       1,423       1,423
   Average interest rate                     3.99%          -           -           -           -          -        3.99%
  Fixed interest rate securities
  sold under agreements to repurchase         579           -           -           -           -          -         579         579
   Average interest rate                     6.13%          -           -           -           -          -        6.13%


                                                                                    1 9 9 8
                                                                    Principal/Notional Amount Maturing in:
                                                                    --------------------------------------
                                                                                                                              Fair
                                                                                                                              Value
                                         1999         2000         2001        2002        2003    Thereafter     Total     12/31/98
                                         ----         ----         ----        ----        ----    ----------     -----     --------
Rate sensitive assets:
  Fixed interest rate loans             $  10,650   $   6,775   $  13,241   $  10,908   $  11,435   $ 36,602   $  89,611     $89,387
   Average interest rate                     8.80%       9.18%       9.12%       8.92%       8.81%      7.76%       8.47%
  Variable interest rate loans             37,464      11,726      13,641       2,531       1,955      1,559      68,876      68,876
   Average interest rate                     8.53%       8.99%       8.67%       9.30%       8.53%      8.37%       8.66%
  Fixed interest rate securities            5,267       3,399       2,567       4,916           -      5,529      21,678      21,812
   Average interest rate                     5.90%       6.85%       5.93%       5.13%          -       5.68%       5.82%
  Tax-exempt fixed interest rate
  securities                                1,430         606         801         884       1,298      2,384       7,403       7,606
   Average interest rate                     3.97%       4.18%       4.49%       4.70%       4.57%      5.17%       4.62%
  Federal funds sold                        5,450           -           -           -           -          -       5,450       5,450
   Average interest rate                     4.75%          -           -           -           -          -        4.75%
  FHLB stock                                2,504           -           -           -           -          -       2,504       2,504
   Average interest rate                     8.00%          -           -           -           -          -        8.00%
  Federal reserve stock                       360           -           -           -           -          -         360         360
   Average interest rate                     6.00%          -           -           -           -          -        6.00%
Rate sensitive liabilities:
  Interest bearing demand and demand       83,806           -           -           -           -          -      83,806      83,806
   Average interest rate                      .42%          -           -           -           -          -         .42%
  Savings and money market                 24,379           -           -           -           -          -      24,379      24,379
   Average interest rate                     1.97%          -           -           -           -          -        1.97%
  Time deposits                            24,099      22,171      16,627       5,552       9,257          -      77,706      78,265
   Average interest rate                     5.12%       5.20%       5.11%       5.37%       5.59%         -        5.21%
  Fixed interest rate FHLB advances           297         322         348         376         407      4,722       6,472       6,580
   Average interest rate                     6.40%       6.04%       6.04%       6.04%       6.04%      6.04%       6.06%
 Variable interest rate securities
  sold under agreements to repurchase       3,603           -           -           -           -          -       3,603       3,603
   Average interest rate                     3.37%          -           -           -           -          -        3.37%
  Fixed interest rate securities sold
   under agreements to repurchase             551           -           -           -           -          -         551         551
   Average interest rate                     4.75%          -           -           -           -          -        4.75%
</TABLE>
                                      -26-
<PAGE>
Forward Looking Statements

     This Registration  Statement  contains certain  forward-looking  statements
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
Section 21E of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended.  The Company
intends  such  forward-looking  statements  to be  covered  by the  safe  harbor
provisions for  forward-looking  statements  contained in the Private Securities
Reform Act of 1995,  and is including  this statement for purposes of these safe
harbor  provisions.  Forward-looking  statements,  which  are  based on  certain
assumptions  and describe  future  plans,  strategies  and  expectations  of the
Company,  are generally  identifiable by use of the words  "believe,"  "expect,"
"intend,"  "anticipate,"  "estimate,"  "project"  or  similar  expressions.  The
Company's  ability to predict  results or the actual  effect of future  plans or
strategies is inherently uncertain.  Factors which could have a material adverse
affect on the  operations  and  future  prospects  of the  Company  and the Bank
include,  but are not limited to, changes in: interest rates,  general  economic
conditions,  legislative/regulatory changes, monetary and fiscal policies of the
U.S. Government, including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve
Board, the quality or composition of the loan or investment  portfolios,  demand
for loan products, deposit flows, competition,  demand for financial services in
the Company's  market area and accounting  principles,  policies and guidelines.
These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking
statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

Impact of Inflation

     The  majority  of assets and  liabilities  of  financial  institutions  are
monetary in nature. Generally, changes in interest rates have a more significant
impact on earnings of the Bank than inflation. Although influenced by inflation,
changes  in rates do not  necessarily  move in  either  the  same  magnitude  or
direction as changes in the price of goods and services.  Inflation  does impact
the growth of total  assets,  creating a need to  increase  equity  capital at a
higher  rate to  maintain  an  adequate  equity to assets  ratio,  which in turn
reduces the amount of earnings available for cash dividends.


Item 3.  Properties.

                                 BANK PROPERTIES

     The Bank operates from 9 facilities,  located in 6 communities primarily in
Lenawee County,  with a small presence in Hillsdale County and Washtenaw County,
Michigan.  The Bank's main office is located at 135 East Maumee Street,  Adrian,
Michigan.  This facility is a 3 story 40,768 square foot building constructed in
1906. The Bank's branch offices in Adrian, Hudson, Morenci, Saline, Tecumseh and
Waldron,  range in size from 1200 square feet to 4000  square  feet.  All of the
properties  are owned by the Bank with the  exception  of one  leased  office in
Saline.  The Bank also  operates a full  service 48 foot long  mobile  facility,
which is used to bring the Bank services to retirement  home residents and, from
time to time, to test potential future permanent branch office locations.

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
Item 4.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

               OWNERSHIP OF COMPANY STOCK BY MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS

     The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as of  the  date  of  this
Registration Statement with respect to the beneficial ownership of the Company's
Common Stock by (i) each person known by the Company to be the beneficial  owner
of more  than 5% of the  Company's  Common  Stock,  (ii)  each  director  of the
Company,  (iii)  each  named  executive  officer,  and  (iv) all  directors  and
executive officers as a group.
<TABLE>
                                                             Number of Shares(1)
                                                              Beneficially Owned            Percent of Class(2)
<S>                                                               <C>                              <C>
Douglas L. Kapnick  (Director)                                    84,912(3)                        9.95%
Allan F. Brittain (Director & Executive Officer)                  36,445(4)                        4.26%
Fred R. Duncan  (Director)                                        19,796                           2.3%
Edward J. Engle, Jr. (Director)                                    2,008                            *
William R. Gentner  (Director)                                     3,436                            *
J. Paul Rupert (Director)                                          2,544                            *
Emory M. Schmidt (Director)                                        1,612                            *
J. David Stutzman (Director)                                       3,276                            *
Patrick K. Gill (Director & Executive Officer)                     8,046                            *
Pamela S. Fisher  (Executive Officer)                              3,809                            *
Loren V. Happel  (Executive Officer)                                 486                            *
Stephen M. Mazurek  (Executive Officer)                            2,896                            *
BONAT (ESOP/401K Trust)                                           103,851                         12.2%
All Directors and Executive Officers as a group
(12 persons)                                                      169,118                         19.57%
</TABLE>
*    Less than 1%.

(1)  Includes  shares subject to stock options which are  exercisable  within 60
     days.
(2)  Calculated based on shares outstanding plus shares subject to stock options
     held by the director or officer which are exercisable within 60 days.
(3)  Includes 4,400 shares owned by Mr. Kapnick's wife's trust.
(4)  Includes  13,800  shares owned by Mr.  Brittain's  wife's  trust.  Does not
     include  1,100  shares  held by a trust of which Mr.  Brittain  serves as a
     trustee but of which the beneficiary is an unrelated third party.

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
Item 5.   Directors and Executive Officers.

                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

     The Company's Articles of Incorporation  provide for the Board of Directors
to hold office for staggered  three year terms.  The terms of each director will
expire at the annual meeting of shareholders as noted in the following directors
and executive officers information Table:
<TABLE>
Name                        Age               Position                                 Term Expiration
- ----                        ---               --------                                 ---------------
<S>                         <C>      <C>                                                    <C>
Allan F. Brittain            62      Director & Chairman                                    2002
Fred R. Duncan               58      Director                                               2001
Edward J. Engle, Jr.         57      Director                                               2002
William R. Gentner           63      Director                                               2002
Patrick K. Gill              48      Director, President and Chief Executive Officer        2000
Douglas L. Kapnick           56      Director                                               2002
J. Paul Rupert               57      Director                                               2001
Emory M. Schmidt             56      Director                                               2001
J. David Stutzman            53      Director                                               2000
Pamela S. Fisher             50      Corporate Secretary, First Vice President              N/A
                                     of Administrative Services
Loren V. Happel              43      Treasurer, First Vice President                        N/A
                                     and Chief Financial Officer
Stephen M. Mazurek           68      Senior Vice President                                  N/A
</TABLE>


Profiles of Directors

Allan F. Brittain (Director since 1976)
Allan  Brittain,  62,  is  Chairman  of the  Board of the Bank of  Lenawee.  Mr.
Brittain  serves on the Executive  Committee,  Loan  Committee,  Asset/Liability
Committee,  Pension,  ESOP/401(k)  Administrative Committee and the Compensation
Committee.  He is also a member  of the  Board of  Trustees  for  Siena  Heights
University,  a Board member of the Adrian Public Schools Educational Foundation,
a Board  member and Trustee of the  Charlotte  Stephenson  Home and also a Board
member of the Educational  Advisory Group.  Mr. Brittain began his career at the
Bank in March of 1963. He resides in Adrian, Michigan.


Fred R. Duncan (Director since 1984)
Fred Duncan,  58, is the former owner of the Metamora  Elevator  (grain elevator
business). He serves on the Loan Committee,  the Asset/Liability  Committee, and
the Audit,  Loan  Review and  Compliance  Committee.  He is also a member of the
Fulton County Extension Office Advisory Board, Chairman of Administrative Board,
Metamora United Methodist  Church,  and a member of the Advisory Board for Owens
Community College. Mr. Duncan resides in Shelby, Michigan.

Edward J. Engle, Jr.  (Director since 1986)
Edward Engle, 57, is President of Rima Manufacturing, a screw machine company in
Hudson,  Michigan. He serves on the Loan Committee and is Chairman of the Audit,
Loan  Review  and  Compliance  Committee.  Mr.  Engle is a  graduate  of  DePaul
University and Toledo University. Mr. Engle resides in Onsted, Michigan.

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
William R. Gentner  (Director since 1997)
William  Gentner,  63, is Owner and President of Gentner Inc. located in Saline,
Michigan,  which he founded in  Brooklyn,  Michigan in 1957.  Gentner  Inc. is a
material  supplier  consisting  of  four  transportation  companies.  It  has 70
employees  and nearly 50  Michigan  Gravel  Trains.  Mr.  Gentner  serves on the
Asset/Liability  Committee, and the Audit, Loan Review and Compliance Committee.
He is also the President of the Michigan Aggregate Carriers Trucking Association
and serves on the 911 Advisory Board for Lenawee County.  Mr. Gentner resides in
Irish Hills, Michigan.

Patrick K. Gill (Director since 1993)
Patrick Gill,  48, is President  and CEO of the Bank of Lenawee.  Mr. Gill began
his career at the Bank of  Lenawee in 1992.  Mr.  Gill  serves on the  Executive
Committee, the Pension,  ESOP/401(k)  Administrative Committee, the Compensation
Committee  and is  Chairman  of  the  Loan  Committee  and  the  Asset/Liability
Committee.  Mr.  Gill is the  Board  President  of the  Lenawee  United  Way and
Volunteer  Center.  He also serves as a Board  member of the Lenawee  Chamber of
Commerce,  a Board member of Catholic Social Services,  a member of the Board of
Advisors  at Adrian  College  and a Board  member of the  Saint  Joseph  Academy
Investment Advisory Board. Mr. Gill resides in Adrian, Michigan.

Douglas L. Kapnick (Director since 1982)
Douglas Kapnick, 56, is President of Kapnick and Company. Kapnick and Company is
a full service  insurance  broker with offices in Adrian and  Southfield  and 85
employees.  Mr. Kapnick serves on the Loan Committee, the Compensation Committee
and is  Chairman  of the  Executive  Committee.  He also  serves on the Board of
Trustees for Siena Heights  University,  is a Director of the Emma Bixby Medical
Center Foundation,  a Board member of the Greater Adrian Industrial  Development
Corporation, and a Board member of th Adrian Symphony. He is also a recipient of
the Lenawee Maple Leaf Award. Mr. Kapnick resides in Adrian, Michigan.

J. Paul Rupert Ph.D. (Director since 1992)
Paul Rupert,  57, is President of Today's Office  (retail office  furniture) and
Office Mouse (retail electronics).  He serves on the Asset/Liability  Committee,
the Audit, Loan Review and Compliance  Committee and is Chairman of the Pension,
ESOP/401(k)  Administrative Committee and the Compensation Committee. Dr. Rupert
resides in Adrian, Michigan.

Emory M. Schmidt (Director since 1994)
Emory Schmidt, 56, is Vice President of Brazeway,  Inc. Brazeway is a world wide
leader of extruded aluminum tubing and heat transfer  components with facilities
in the U.S., Latin America, Europe and Asia. Mr. Schmidt serves on the Executive
Committee, the Asset/Liability  Committee, the Audit, Loan Review and Compliance
Committee  and the  Compensation  Committee.  He also  serves as a member of the
Adrian  College  Business  Advisory  Board,  is the Vice President of the Adrian
Schools  Education  Foundation,  and an  Executive  Committee  Member of Lenawee
Health Systems. Mr. Schmidt resides in Adrian, Michigan.

J. David Stutzman (Director since 1993)
David  Stutzman,  53,  is a  General  Partner  of  Raymond  &  Stutzman  Limited
Partnership which is a beef feeding and crop farming operation which operates in
Seneca,  Michigan.  Mr. Stutzman serves on the Executive  Committee and the Loan
Committee.  He also serves as a Board  member of the  Lenawee  United Way, is an
Advisory Board member of the Producer's Livestock  Association,  is a past board
member of Morenci Area Schools and  currently  serves on various  boards for the
First U.C.C. Church. Mr. Stutzman resides in Seneca, Michigan.


Director Compensation

     Directors of the Company are not paid an annual retainer.  Directors of the
Bank  are  paid  an  annual  retainer  fee of  $600  ($5,400  to the  Chairman).
Compensation  is also paid for  attendance at Company Board  meetings ($150 each
meeting) and Bank Board meetings ($250 each meeting), and all committee meetings
($200 each  meeting).  Discretionary  bonuses in the form of stock  options were
paid as listed  below for the  years  ended  December  31,  1999,  1998 and 1997
respectively.  During  1999,  the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank
held a total of 22 regular  meetings.  Various  committees  of the  Boards  held
meetings as needed.  Each Director  attended at least 75% of the total number of
meetings of the Board of  Directors  and  meetings of  committees  on which they
served, except for Mr. Engle who attended 72%

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
     Effective  February 1, 1996,  the Company  adopted a Stock  Option Plan for
directors and executive  officers.  The plan,  unless extended or amended,  will
terminate January 18, 2001. The plan provides for granting of options covering a
total of up to 52,800  shares of the Company's  common stock.  The plan provides
for the grant each year to each director not actively employed by the Company or
the Bank, as of the effective  date of the plan, of options  covering 660 shares
of common stock. The Chairma of the Bank and the President of the Bank and other
individuals  are  entitled  to  receive  options  covering  a number  of  shares
determined  by a committee of directors who are not employees of the Bank or the
Company.  Options  granted  under  the  plan,  vest  at the  rate of 20% at each
anniversary of the option grant date. Vesting is accelerated upon the optionee's
attainment  of age 62, in the event of a change of control of the  Company,  the
death of the optionee or the optionee's total disability. The option price under
all options granted to date has been the most recent independent appraised price
for  purposes of the Bank's  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan.  The term of each
Option is  established  by the  committee  but may not exceed ten years from the
date of grant.

Stock Options granted to directors:

<TABLE>
1999                                     1998                                    1997
<S>                                      <C>                                     <C>
Each Outside Director: 660 @ $36         Each Outside Directors:  660 @ $25      Each Outside Directors: 600 @ $20.69
Chairman:  660 @ $36                     Chairman:  660 @ $25                    Chairman:  None
CEO:  440 @ $36                          CEO:  400 @ $25                         CEO:  1000 @ $20.69
</TABLE>

(NOTE:  All amounts shown have been adjusted for stock splits.)

     The Audit Committee,  comprised of five nonemployee  directors met on three
occasions during 1999. Its primary duties and responsibilities  include annually
recommending to the Board of Directors an independent  public accounting firm to
be appointed auditors of the Company and the Bank,  reviewing the scope and fees
for the audit, reviewing all the reports received from the independent certified
public  accountants,   and  coordinating  matters  with  the  internal  auditing
function.


Item 6.  Executive Compensation.

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     The following table sets forth the compensation paid by the Bank during the
last three years to its Chief  Executive  Officer and Chief  Financial  Officer.
There are no employees of the Company;  all  personnel are employed by the Bank.
No  other  executive  officers  of the  Company  or  the  Bank  received  annual
compensation in excess of $100,000 during this period.
<TABLE>

                                                                                                   All Other
                                                                                                   ---------
   Name and Principal Position                Year             Salary              Bonus          Compensation
   ---------------------------                ----             ------              -----          ------------
<S>                                           <C>             <C>                 <C>              <C>
Patrick K. Gill, President/CEO                1999            $130,000            $48,950          $61,600 (1)
                                              1998             130,000             15,900           42,900 (2)
                                              1997             125,000              3,100
Loren V. Happel, CFO                          1999            $ 80,400            $22,100
                                              1998              80,400              9,900
                                              1997              78,000              2,100
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes the value of a 500 share grant of Company  common  stock,  amounts
     reimbursed for payment of taxes and automobile lease payments.
(2)  Includes the value of a 250 share grant of Company  common  stock,  amounts
     reimbursed for payment of taxes and automobile lease payments.

     The Bank maintains a defined  benefit  pension plan for  substantially  all
employees.  The Bank also maintains an Employee Stock  Ownership and 401(k) plan
covering substantially all employees.

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
                                           EXECUTIVE OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

                                                Percent of
                                                   Total
                             Number of            Options
                              Shares            Granted to
                            Underlying           Employees
                              Options            in Fiscal               Exercise                     Expiration
                              Granted              Year                    Price                         Date
                              -------              ----                    -----                         ----
<S>                             <C>                <C>                   <C>                        <C>
Patrick K. Gill                 440                100%                  $36.00(1)                     2009
</TABLE>
(1)  Appraised  value in the most recent  independent  appraisal  performed  for
     purposes of the Bank's  Employee Stock Ownership Plan.

<TABLE>
                                                  YEAR END OPTION VALUES

                                               Number of Shares Underlying                Value of Unexercised
                                                 Unexercised Options at                  In-the-Money Options at
                                                    December 31, 1999                       December 31, 1999
                                                    -----------------                       -----------------
                 Name                           Exercisable/Unexercisable               Exercisable/Unexercisable
                 ----                           -------------------------               -------------------------
<S>                                                     <C>                                 <C>
Patrick K. Gill                                         744/1536                            $40,632/$75,685
</TABLE>

Item 7.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     Certain  directors and officers of the Company have had and are expected to
have in the  future,  transactions  with the  Bank,  or have been  directors  or
officers of  corporations,  or members of  partnerships,  which have had and are
expected  to  have  in  the  future,   transactions  with  the  Bank.  All  such
transactions  with officers and directors,  either directly or indirectly,  have
been made in the  ordinary  course of  business  and on  substantially  the same
terms, including interest rates and collateral,  as those prevailing at the same
time for comparable transactions with other customers, and these transactions do
not  involve  more than the  normal  risk of  collectibility  or  present  other
unfavorable features. All such future transactions,  including transactions with
principal  shareholders  and  other  Company  affiliates,  will  be  made in the
ordinary course of business, on terms no less favorable to the Company than with
other customers,  and will be subject to approval by a majority of the Company's
independent, outside disinterested directors.


Item 8.   Legal Proceedings.

                                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     Neither the Company nor the Bank as of December  31, 1999 were  involved in
any legal proceedings other than routine  litigation  incidental to the ordinary
conduct of the  business of the bank,  none of which would  result in a material
impact on the  Company or the Bank,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  in the
event of an adverse outcome.


Item 9.   Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant's Common Equity and
          Related Shareholder Matters.

                      MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

     There is no active  market  for  Company's  Common  Stock,  and there is no
published  information  with respect to its market price.  There are  occasional
sales through  brokers and direct sales by  shareholders  of which the Company's

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
management is aware.  It is the  understanding  of the management of the Company
that over the last three years, the Company's Common Stock has sold at prices in
excess of book value.  From January 1999,  through December 1999, there were, so
far as the  Company's  management  knows,  212 sales of shares of the  Company's
Common  Stock,  involving a total of 83,710  shares.  The price was  reported to
management in only a few of these  transactions,  and  management  has no way of
confirming the prices that were reported.  During this period, the highest price
known by  management  to be paid was $75.00 per share,  and the lowest price was
$46.00 per share. To the knowledge of management,  the last sale of Common stock
occurred on December  23,  1999,  involving  the sale of 75 shares at a price of
$75.00 per share.  t a t a The following  table sets forth the range of high and
low sales prices of the Company's Common Stock during 1999, 1998 and 1997, based
on  information  made  available  to the  Company,  as  well as per  share  cash
dividends declared during those periods. Although management is not aware of any
transactions  at higher or lower  prices,  there may have been  transactions  at
prices outside the ranges listed below:
<TABLE>
                                                                                      Cash
                                                                                      ----
                                          Sales Prices (1)                   Dividends Declared (1)
                                          ----------------                   ----------------------

             1997                     High                Low
             ----                     ----                ---
<S>                                   <C>                 <C>                         <C>
First Quarter...............          $23.25              $23.25                      0.15
Second Quarter..............          $23.25              $23.25                      0.15
Third Quarter...............          $24.50              $24.00                      0.15
Fourth Quarter..............          $25.00              $24.50                      0.15

             1998                     High                Low
             ----                     ----                ---
First Quarter...............          $26.25              $25.00                      0.20
Second Quarter..............          $35.00              $26.25                      0.15       2 for 1 split
Third Quarter...............          $42.50              $37.00                      0.16
Fourth Quarter..............          $45.00              $42.50                      0.16

             1999                     High                Low
             ----                     ----                ---
First Quarter...............          $46.00              $46.00                      0.23
Second Quarter..............          $52.50              $47.50                      0.16
Third Quarter...............          $70.00              $52.50                      0.17       2 for 1 split
Fourth Quarter..............          $75.00              $70.00                      0.19
</TABLE>

(1)  Adjusted for all stock splits.

     There are 3,000,000  shares of the Company's  Common stock  authorized,  of
which 852,410 shares were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 1999.  There
were  approximately  540  shareholders  of record,  including  trusts and shares
jointly owned, as of that date.

     The holders of the Company's  Common Stock are entitled to dividends  when,
as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Company out of funds legally
available for that purpose.  Dividends have been paid fourt times annually.   In
determining  dividends,  the Board of Directors considers the earnings,  capital
requirements  and  financial  condition of the Company and the Bank,  along with
other  relevant  factors.  The  Company's  principal  source  of funds  for cash
dividends is the dividends  paid by the Bank. The ability of the Company and the
Bank to pay dividends is subject to regulatory  restrictions  and  requirements.
See the discussion under  "Business-Supervision  and Regulation" above.


Item 10.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

     During the last three  years the Company issued a total of 9,722  shares of
its common stock.  Of these  shares,  6,422 shares were issued to the trustee of
the Bank's Employee Stock  Ownership/401(k)  Plan, 750 shares were issued to the
Company's  president and chief executive  officer as compensation  for services,
and 2,550 shares were issue to directors who exercised stock options.  Exemption
from  registration is claimed under Rule 147 and Section 4(2) of the

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
Securities  Act of 1933.  All shares  were issued by a Michigan  corporation  to
residents of Michigan who took for investment.


Item 11.  Description of Registrant's Securities to be Registered.

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     The  following  description  of the capital  stock of the Company  does not
purport to be  complete  and is  subject to and  qualified  in its  entirety  by
reference  to the  Company's  Articles of  Incorporation,  which are filed as an
exhibit to this Registration Statement and are incorporated herein by reference.

     Under its Articles of Incorporation,  as amended,  the Company's authorized
capital stock  consists of 3,000,000  shares of Common  Stock,  no par value per
share,   of  which  852,410  shares  are  outstanding  and  held  of  record  by
approximately 540 persons as of the date of this Registration Statement.

     All voting rights are vested in the holders of shares of Common Stock, with
each share  entitling the holder to one vote.  The shares of Common Stock do not
have cumulative voting rights, and holders have no preemptive right to subscribe
for additional securities issuable by the Company.

     In the event of the liquidation of the Company, the holders of Common Stock
are entitled to receive,  pro rata, any assets  distributable to shareholders in
respect of shares held by them after satisfaction of the liquidation preferences
of any outstanding  Preferred Stock.  Subject to any prior rights of the holders
of Preferred Stock then  outstanding,  holders of the Company's Common Stock are
entitled to receive such dividends as are declared by the Board of Directors out
of funds legally  available for that purpose.  The outstanding  shares of Common
Stock are fully paid and nonassessable.

     The Board of Directors of the Company  believes that the  availability  for
issuance of a substantial  number of shares of the Company's Common Stock at the
discretion  of the Board of  Directors  is advisable to provide the Company with
the flexibility to take advantage of  opportunities to issue such stock in order
to obtain capital,  as  consideration  for possible  acquisitions  and for other
purposes  (including,  without  limitation,  the issuance of  additional  shares
through stock splits and stock  dividend in  appropriate  circumstances).  There
are, at present, no plans, understandings, agreements or arrangements concerning
the issuance of additional shares of the Company's Common Stock.

     Uncommitted  authorized but unissued  shares of the Company's  Common Stock
may be issued from time to time to such  persons and for such  consideration  as
the Board of  Directors  of the  Company may  determine  and holders of the then
outstanding  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock  may or may  not  be  given  the
opportunity to vote thereon, depending upon the nature of any such transactions,
applicable  law and the  judgment  of the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Company
regarding the  submission of such  issuance to the  Company's  stockholders.  As
noted,  the Company's  stockholders  have no  preemptive  rights to subscribe to
newly issued shares.

     Moreover,  it is possible that  additional  shares of the Company's  Common
Stock  would be issued for the purpose of making an  acquisition  by an unwanted
suitor of a controlling  interest in the Company more difficult,  time consuming
or costly or would  otherwise  discourage  an attempt to acquire  control of the
Company.  Under such circumstances,  the availability of authorized and unissued
shares  of  the  Company's   capital  stock  may  make  it  more  difficult  for
stockholders  to  obtain a  premium  for their s  shares.  Such  authorized  and
unissued  shares  could be used to  create  voting  or other  impediments  or to
frustrate  a person  seeking  to obtain  control  of the  Company  by means of a
merger,  tender  offer,  proxy  contest or other  means.  Such  shares  could be
privately placed with purchasers who might cooperate with the Board of Directors
of the Company in opposing  such an attempt by a third party to gain  control of
the Company.  The issuance of new shares of the  Company's  capital  stock could
also be used to dilute ownership of a person or entity seeking to obtain control
of the Company.  Although the Company does not currently  contemplate taking any
such  action,  shares of the  Company's  capital  stock  could be issued for the
purposes and effects  described  above and the Board of  Directors  reserves its
rights (if consistent with its fiduciary  responsibilities)  to issue such stock
for such purposes.

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
Anti-Takeover Provisions

     In  addition  to the  utilization  of  authorized  but  unissued  shares as
described  above,  the  Company's  Articles of  Incorporation  and the  Michigan
Business  Corporation  Act  ("MBCA")  contain  other  provisions  which could be
utilized  by the  Company to impede  certain  efforts to acquire  control of the
Company. Those provisions include the following:

     Anti-Takeover Legislation. The MBCA contains provisions intended to protect
shareholders  and  prohibit  or  discourage  certain  types of hostile  takeover
activities.  These  provisions  regulate the acquisition of "control  shares" of
large public Michigan corporation (the "Control Share Act").

     The Control  Share Act  establishes  procedures  governing  "control  share
acquisitions."  A control  share  acquisition  is defined as an  acquisition  of
shares by an acquiror which, when combined with other shares held by that person
or entity, would give the acquiror voting power at or above any of the following
thresholds:  20%,  33-1/3% or 50%.  Under the Control Share Act, an acquiror may
not vote "control shares" unless the  corporation's  disinterested  shareholders
vote to confer  voting  rights on the  control  shares.  The  acquiring  person,
officers of the target corporation,  and directors of the target corporation who
are also employees of the  corporation are precluded from voting on the issue of
whether the control shares shall be accorded  voting  rights.  The Control Share
Act does not affect the voting  rights of shares  owned by an  acquiring  person
prior to the control share acquisition.

     The Control Share Act entitles a corporation  to redeem control shares from
the acquiring  person under certain  circumstances.  In other cases, the Control
Share Act confers  dissenters'  rights upon all of a corporation's  shareholders
except the acquiring person.

     The Control Share Act applies only to an "issuing public  corporation." The
Company   falls  within  the  statutory   definition  of  an  ""issuing   public
corporation." The Control Share Act automatically applies to any "issuing public
corporation" unless the corporation "opts out" of the statute by so providing in
its articles of incorporation or bylaws.  The Company has not "opted out" of the
Control Share Act.

     Fair Price  Provision.  Article X of the Company's  Articles  contains fair
price  provisions  comparable  to  those  contained  in  the  "Fair  Price  Act"
provisions of the MBCA.  Article X provides that a supermajority  vote of 90% of
the  shareholders  and no less than  two-thirds  of the votes of  non-interested
shareholders must approve a "business combination." The Fair Price Act defines a
"business combination" to encompass any merger,  consolidation,  share exchange,
sale of assets,  stock issue,  liquidation,  or  reclassification  of securities
involving an "interested  shareholder" or certain  "affiliates."  An "interested
shareholder"  is  generally  any person who owns 10% or more of the  outstanding
voting  shares of the  Company.  An  "affiliate"  is a person  who  directly  or
indirectly  controls,  is  controlled  by,  or is under  common  control  with a
specified person.

     The  supermajority  vote  required  by the Fair Price Act does not apply to
business combinations that satisfy certain conditions. These conditions include,
among  others,  that:  (i) the  purchase  price to be paid for the shares of the
Company is at least equal to the  highest of either (a) the market  value of the
shares or (b) the  highest per share  price paid by the  interested  shareholder
within  the  preceding  two-year  period  or in the  transaction  in  which  the
shareholder  became an interested n, shareholder,  whichever is higher; and (ii)
once a person has become an interested  shareholder,  the person must not become
the beneficial  owner of any additional  shares of the Company except as part of
the  transaction  which  resulted  in the  interested  shareholder  becoming  an
interested  shareholder  or by virtue  of  proportionate  stock  splits or stock
dividends.

     The requirements of Article X do not apply to business combinations with an
interested  shareholder that the "Continuing  Directors" (as defined below) have
approved.

     Classified Board.  Pursuant to Article VIII of the Company's Articles,  the
Board of Directors of the Company is classified  into three  classes,  with each
class serving a staggered,  three-year term.  Classification  of the Board could
have the  effect  of  extending  the time  during  which the  existing  Board of
Directors  could  control the  operating  policies  of the  Company  even though
opposed by the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares of the Company's
Common Stock.

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
     Under the Company's Bylaws,  all nominations for directors by a stockholder
must be delivered to the Company in writing at least 60 days prior to the annual
meeting of the  shareholders,  regardless of any  postponements,  deferrals,  or
adjournments  of the meeting to a later date. A nomination  that is not received
prior to this deadline will not be placed on the ballot. The Board believes that
advance  notice  of  nominations  by  shareholders   will  afford  a  meaningful
opportunity to consider the  qualifications of the proposed nominees and, to the
extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board of Directors,  will provide an
opportunity  to inform  shareholders  about such  qualifications.  Although this
nomination  procedure  does not give the Board of Directors any power to approve
or disapprove of  shareholder  nominations  for the election of directors,  this
nomination  procedure  may have the effect of  precluding a  nomination  for the
election of directors at a particular  annual  meeting if the proper  procedures
are not followed.

     The  Company's  Articles  provide  that  any one or more  directors  may be
removed  at any  time,  with  or  without  cause,  but  only by  either  (i) the
affirmative vote of a majority of "Continuing Directors" and at least 80% of the
directors; or (ii) the affirmative vote, at a meeting of the shareholders called
for that  purpose,  of the  holders of at least 80% of the  voting  power of the
then-outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  of the  Company  entitled  to vote
generally in the election of directors,  voting  together as a single  class.  A
"Continuing  Director" is generally defined in the Articles as any member of the
Board who is unaffiliated with any "interested shareholder" (generally, an owner
of 10% or more of the Company's  outstanding  voting shares) and was a member of
the Board  prior to the time an  interested  shareholder  became  an  interested
shareholder, and any successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with
an interested shareholder and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by
a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board.

     Any  vacancies  in the Board of  Directors  for any  reason,  and any newly
created  directorships  resulting  from any increase in the number of directors,
may be filled only by the Board of Directors, acting by an affirmative vote of a
majority of the Continuing directors and an 80% majority of all of the directors
then in office,  although less than a quorum. Any directors so chosen shall hold
office until the next annual  meeting of  shareholders  at which  directors  are
elected  to the  class to which  such a  director  was  named  and  until  their
respective  successors shall be duly elected and qualified or their  resignation
or removal.  No decrease in the number of directors  may shorten the term of any
incumbent director.

     Board  Evaluation of Certain Offers.  Article IX of the Company's  Articles
provides that the Board of Directors  shall not approve,  adopt or recommend any
offer of any  person  or entity  (other  than the  Company)  to make a tender or
exchange offer for any Company Common Stock, to merge or consolidate the Company
with any other entity, or to purchase or acquire all or substantially all of the
Company's  assets,  unless  and  until the  Board  has  evaluated  the offer and
determined  that it would be in compliance with all applicable laws and that the
offer is in the best  interests of the Company.  In doing so, the Board may rely
on an opinion of legal counsel who is independent  from the offeror,  and/or may
test  such  legal  compliance  in front of any  court  or  agency  that may have
appropriate jurisdiction over the matter.

     In making its  determination,  the Board must consider all factors it deems
relevant,  including  but not limited to: (i) the  adequacy  and fairness of the
consideration to be received by the Company and/or its shareholders, considering
historical trading prices of the Company's Common Stock, the price that could be
achieved in a negotiated  sale of the Company as a whole,  past offers,  and the
future  prospects of the Company;  (ii) the potential social and economic impact
of the  proposed  transaction  on the  Company,  its  employees,  customers  and
vendors;  (iii)  the  potential  social  and  economic  impact  of the  proposed
transaction on the communities in which the Company and its subsidiaries operate
or are located; (iv) the business and financial condition and earnings prospects
of the proposed acquiring person or entity;  and (v) the competence,  experience
and  integrity  of the  proposed  acquiring  person or  entity  and its or their
management.

     Amendment or Repeal of Certain  Provisions of the Articles.  Under Michigan
law,  the  Board of  Directors  need not  adopt a  resolution  setting  forth an
amendment to the Articles of  Incorporation  before the shareholders may note on
it. Unless the Articles of Incorporation  provide  otherwise,  amendments to the
Articles of  Incorporation  generally  require the  approval of the holders of a
majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon, and if the amendment
would  increase  or  decrease  the number of  authorized  shares of any class or
series,  or the par value of such shares,  or would adversely affect the rights,
powers,  or preferences of such class or series,  a majority of the  outstanding
stock of such class or series also would be required to approve the amendment.

     The  Company's  Articles  require,  in order to amend,  repeal or adopt any
provision inconsistent with Article VIII relating to the Board of Directors, the
affirmative  vote of at least 80% of the  issued and  outstanding  shares of the

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
Company's capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as
a single class; provided, however, that such amendment or repeal or inconsistent
provision may be made by a majority vote of such  shareholders at any meeting of
the shareholders  duly called and held where such amendment has been recommended
for  approval  by at least 80% of all  directors  then  holding  office and by a
majority of the "continuing directors."

     In order to amend, repeal, or adopt any provision that is inconsistent with
Article IX, at least 80% of the shareholders, voting together as a single class,
must approve the change,  unless the change has been recommended for approval by
at least 80% of the  directors,  in which  case a majority  of the voting  stock
could approve the action.

     The  Company's  Articles  require,  in order to amend,  repeal or adopt any
provision  inconsistent  with Article X relating to business  combinations,  the
affirmative  vote of at least 90% of the  issued and  outstanding  shares of the
Company's capital stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, voting as
a single class,  including the affirmative vote of the holder's of not less than
two-thirds  of such stock not owned  directly or  indirectly  by any  interested
shareholder;  provided,  however,  that such amendment or repeal or inconsistent
provision may be approved by a majority vote of such shareholders at any meeting
of the  shareholders  duly  called  and  held  where  such  amendment  has  been
recommended for approval by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

     These  amendment  provisions  could  render  it more  difficult  to  remove
management or for person seeking to affect a merger or otherwise gain control of
the Company.  These amendment  requirements  could,  thus,  adversely affect the
potential realizable value of shareholder's investments.

Item 12.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

               INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

     The  Company's  Articles and Bylaws  require the Company to  indemnify  its
directors  and  executive  officers to the fullest  extent  permitted  by law in
connection with any actual or threatened proceedings in which such persons are a
witness  or which is  brought  against  them in their  capacity  as a  director,
officer,  employee,  agent, or fiduciary of the Company or any entity which such
persons serve at the request of the Company.

     The  MBCA  provides  a  detailed   statutory   framework   addressing   the
indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents against liabilities
and  expenses  from legal  proceedings  brought  against them by reason of their
status  or  service  in  their  respective   corporate   capacities.   The  MBCA
distinguishes  between  indemnification  in actions  threatened or made by third
parties and actions  threatened or made by or in the right of a  corporation.  A
corporation  is permitted  to grant  indemnification  for actual and  reasonable
expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts as
a result of actions,  suits or proceedings  threatened or made by third parties.
With  respect  to  actions  brought  by or in the  right of the  corporation,  a
corporation may only provide  indemnification for actual and reasonable expenses
(including  attorneys'  fees)  and  settlement  amounts.  Also,  under the MBCA,
indemnification  may be mandatory or discretionary.  Indemnification of expenses
is mandatory to the extent that a person has been  successful  in defending  any
action. In situations where  indemnification is not mandatory,  a corporation is
permitted to indemnify its personnel  upon a  determination  that such person or
persons acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably  believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation or its  shareholders  and, in a
criminal  proceeding,  had no  reasonable  cause  to  believe  his  conduct  was
unlawful.  This  determination  may  be  made  by  a  majority  of a  quorum  of
disinterested  directors,  a committee of disinterested  directors,  independent
legal  counsel,  all  independent  directors  not a party to the action,  or the
shareholders. In the event an individual is found liable to the corporation as a
result  of a  claim  brought  by  or  in  the  right  of  the  corporation,  the
determination  must be by the court  where the  action is  litigated  or another
court of competent  jurisdiction.  The MBCA also  authorizes the  advancement of
litigation  expenses  upon the receipt of an  undertaking  by the  individual to
repay such expenses if it is ultimately  determined  that the  individual is not
entitled to indemnification.

     The Company's  Articles also limit the personal  liability of directors for
monetary  damages  with  respect to claims by the  Company  or its  shareholders
resulting  from  certain  negligent  acts  or  omissions.  Under  Michigan  law,
directors owe certain  fiduciary duties to the corporation  which they serve and
its shareholders,  including the duty of care (which requires a director to make
informed and  well-reasoned  business  decisions) and the duty of loyalty (which
requires  a  director  to act in good  faith  and in the best  interests  of the
corporation and its shareholders).  The Company's Articles

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
provide the  Company's  directors  with  protection  against  personal  monetary
liability  for  breaches of their duty of care,  including  negligence  or gross
negligence, in the performance of their duties as directors.  However, directors
of the Company remain liable for (a) the amount of a financial  benefit received
to which the director was not entitled;  (b)  intentional  infliction of harm on
the Company or its  shareholders;  or (c) intentional  criminal acts.  Also, the
Articles do not absolve directors of liability under Section 551(1) of the MBCA,
which proscribes the unlawful  declaration of dividends,  or other distributions
of assets to  shareholders,  the  unlawful  purchase of shares of the  Company's
securities  and the  making  of an  unlawful  loan to an  officer,  director  or
employee  of the  Company.  If the MBCA is amended  in the  future to  authorize
corporate  action  further  eliminating  or limiting the  personal  liability of
directors, then the liability of the directors of the Company will be eliminated
or limited to the fullest extent  permitted by the MBCA, as so amended,  without
further action or approval by the shareholders,  unless shareholder  approval is
required by the amending legislation.  While the Articles provide directors with
protection  from awards of monetary  damages for breaches of their duty of care,
it does not eliminate a director's  duty of care. The Articles have no effect on
the availability of equitable  remedies such as an action to enjoin or rescind a
transaction  involving a breach of duty;  however,  in some  circumstances  as a
practical matter, equitable remedies may be of limited utility. In addition, the
Articles apply only to claims against a director  arising out of his or her role
as a director;  it does not apply to his or her acts or  omissions  in any other
capacity,  such as an  officer,  or to his or her  responsibilities  under other
laws,  such as federal  securities  laws.  Also,  the  Restated  do not apply to
actions by third parties with no relationship to the Company.

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the "Act") may be permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling
persons of the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise,  the
Company has been  advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable.

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
Item 13.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.




                                    CONTENTS



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS............................................... 40

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS.................................................. 41

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME............................................ 42

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY................... 43

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS........................................ 44

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS................................... 46



                                      -39-
<PAGE>
                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


Board of Directors
Lenawee Bancorp, Inc.
Adrian, Michigan


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lenawee Bancorp,
Inc. as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the related  consolidated  statements
of income,  changes in shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years
ended  December 31, 1999,  1998 and 1997.  These  financial  statements  are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Lenawee Bancorp,
Inc. as of December 31, 1999 and 1998, and the results of its operations and its
cash  flows for each of the years  ended  December  31,  1999,  1998 and 1997 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                            Crowe, Chizek and Company LLP

South Bend, Indiana
January 25, 2000, except for
Note 4, for which the date is
February 16, 2000



                                      -40-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
<TABLE>
                                                                             1999                 1998
                                                                             ----                 ----
ASSETS
<S>                                                                      <C>                 <C>
Cash and due from banks                                                  $  7,309,898        $   8,261,918
Federal funds sold                                                          2,200,000            5,450,000
Commercial paper                                                                    -            4,989,596
                                                                        -------------        -------------
     Total cash and cash equivalents                                        9,509,898           18,701,514

Securities available for sale                                              23,024,175           29,418,472
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost                                       2,503,700            2,503,700
Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost                                           360,000              360,000

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses:
  $4,646,484 - 1999, $2,181,749 - 1998                                    192,720,533          156,271,847
Loans held for sale                                                           758,651            2,864,345
Premises and equipment, net                                                 6,521,024            6,605,704
Accrued interest receivable                                                 1,576,279            1,694,135
Mortgage servicing asset                                                    1,335,419            1,098,116
Other assets                                                                1,593,829              895,831
                                                                        -------------        -------------
         Total assets                                                   $ 239,903,508        $ 220,413,664
                                                                        =============        =============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

Deposits
     Noninterest bearing                                                $  36,686,950        $  33,717,972
     Interest bearing                                                     162,519,459          152,172,979
                                                                        -------------        -------------
         Total deposits                                                   199,206,409          185,890,951

Borrowed funds                                                             16,176,754           10,625,614
Accrued interest payable                                                      643,831              556,498
Other liabilities                                                           1,101,253              995,201
                                                                        -------------        -------------
     Total liabilities                                                    217,128,247          198,068,264

Common stock subject to repurchase obligation in ESOP                       4,326,300            3,697,800

Shareholders' equity
     Common stock and paid-in capital, no par
       value:  3,000,000 shares authorized; shares
       issued and outstanding:  852,410 - 1999; 425,390 - 1998             10,430,303           10,999,709
     Retained earnings                                                      8,352,940            7,424,937
     Accumulated other comprehensive income,
       net of tax                                                            (334,282)             222,954
                                                                        -------------        -------------
         Total shareholders' equity                                        18,448,961           18,647,600
                                                                        -------------        -------------
              Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                $ 239,903,508        $ 220,413,664
                                                                        =============        =============
</TABLE>
                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      -41-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
                                                                       1999                1998                  1997
                                                                       ----                ----                  ----
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>                     <C>
Interest and dividend income
     Loans receivable, including fees                              $  16,025,062      $  15,291,800          $  14,538,552
     Taxable securities                                                1,222,553          1,290,115              1,666,453
     Nontaxable securities                                               309,750            281,254                199,544
     Federal funds sold                                                  118,244            277,178                238,428
     Dividend income                                                     221,937            222,597                217,050
     Other                                                               25,184             154,327                 69,029
                                                                   -------------      -------------          -------------
         Total interest and dividend income                           17,922,730         17,517,271             16,929,056

Interest expense
     Deposits                                                          5,693,930          6,262,000              6,351,573
     Federal Home Loan Bank advances                                     463,671            801,050              1,126,055
     Other                                                               154,620            142,565                108,793
                                                                   -------------      -------------          -------------
         Total interest expense                                        6,312,221          7,205,615              7,586,421
                                                                   -------------      -------------          -------------

Net interest income                                                   11,610,509         10,311,656             9,342,635
     Provision for loan losses                                         2,560,000            239,000               245,000
                                                                   -------------      -------------          ------------
Net interest income after provision for
  loan losses                                                          9,050,509         10,072,656             9,097,635

Noninterest income
     Service charges and fees                                            778,625            616,119               580,640
     Net gains on loan sales                                           1,032,371          1,994,470               789,898
     Loan servicing fees, net of amortization                            113,222           (144,808)              161,964
     Other                                                               313,044            384,707               236,083
                                                                   -------------      -------------          ------------
                                                                       2,237,262          2,850,488             1,768,585
Noninterest expense
     Salaries and employee benefits                                    5,034,569          5,090,788             4,140,912
     Occupancy and equipment                                           1,677,784          1,585,721             1,518,713
     Insurance                                                            63,851            118,223               105,531
     Printing, postage  and supplies                                     327,807            333,148               289,740
     Professional and outside services                                   208,566            362,345               299,936
     State and other taxes                                               169,032            172,052               153,989
     Mobile banking costs                                                236,246            224,325               240,260
     Receivable financing services                                       282,372            187,126               119,485
     Other                                                               994,229            838,942               763,714
                                                                   -------------      -------------          ------------
                                                                       8,994,456          8,912,670             7,632,280
                                                                   -------------      -------------          ------------

Income before income taxes                                             2,293,315          4,010,474             3,233,940
     Income tax expense                                                  730,537          1,350,000             1,101,700
                                                                   -------------      -------------          ------------
Net income                                                         $   1,562,778        $ 2,660,474          $  2,132,240
                                                                   =============      =============          ============
Basic earnings per share                                                $   1.83          $    3.13            $     2.51
                                                                        ========          =========            ==========
Diluted earnings per share                                              $   1.83          $    3.12            $     2.51
                                                                        ========          =========            ==========
</TABLE>
                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>

                                                       Common                               Accumulated
                                                      Stock and                                Other               Total
                                                       Paid-In           Retained          Comprehensive       Shareholders'
                                                       Capital           Earnings             Income              Equity
                                                       -------           --------             ------              ------
<S>                                                <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>
Balance January 1, 1997                            $  12,035,728       $   3,711,102      $      (25,859)     $    15,720,971

Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                                             2,132,240                                2,132,240
    Unrealized gains/losses on securities                                                        231,921
    Reclassifications for realized (gains)/losses                                                 12,250
    Tax effect                                                                                   (82,965)
                                                                                             -----------          -----------
       Total other comprehensive income                                                          161,206              161,206
                                                                                             -----------          -----------
          Total comprehensive income                                                                                2,293,446
                                                                                                                  -----------

Change in common stock subject to repurchase            (260,700)                                                    (260,700)

Retirement of stock - 4,336 shares                      (189,013)                                                    (189,013)

Stock options exercised-issuance of
  630 common shares                                       24,638                                                       24,638

Proceeds from sale of stock -  1,368 shares               57,718                                                       57,718

Cash dividends - $.60 per share                                             (509,652)                                (509,652)
                                                     -----------         -----------         -----------         ------------

Balance December 31, 1997                             11,668,371           5,333,690             135,347           17,137,408

Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                                             2,660,474                                2,660,474
    Unrealized gains/losses on securities                                                                             132,738
    Tax effect                                                                                   (45,131)
                                                                                             -----------        -------------
       Total other comprehensive income                                                           87,607               87,607
                                                                                             -----------        -------------
          Total comprehensive income                                                                                2,748,081
                                                                                                                -------------
Change in common stock subject to repurchase            (761,300)                                                    (761,300)

Retirement of stock - 1,088 shares                       (27,200)                                                     (27,200)

Stock options exercised-issuance of
  1,920 common shares                                     41,138                                                       41,138

Proceeds from sale of stock - 3,148 shares                78,700                                                       78,700

Cash dividends - $.67 per share                                             (569,227)                                (569,227)
                                                    ------------          ----------        ------------        -------------
Balance December 31, 1998                             10,999,709           7,424,937             222,954           18,647,600

Comprehensive income:
    Net income                                                             1,562,778                                1,562,778
    Unrealized gains/losses on securities                                                                            (848,818)
    Reclassifications for realized gains/losses                                                    4,520
    Tax effect                                                                                   287,062
                                                                                            ------------        -------------
       Total other comprehensive income                                                         (557,236)            (557,236)
                                                                                            ------------        -------------
          Total comprehensive income                                                                                1,005,542
                                                                                                                -------------
Change in common stock subject to repurchase            (628,500)                                                    (628,500)

Retirement of stock - 1,026 shares                       (36,936)                                                     (36,936)

Proceeds from sale of stock - 2,656 shares                96,030                                                       96,030

Cash dividends - $.75 per share                                             (634,775)                                (634,775)
                                                   -------------       -------------      --------------      ---------------
Balance December 31, 1999                          $  10,430,303       $   8,352,940      $     (334,282)     $    18,448,961
                                                   =============       =============      ==============      ===============
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
                             LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
                                                                 1999                1998                1997
                                                                 ----                ----                ----
<S>                                                         <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
     Net income                                             $   1,562,778       $   2,660,474       $   2,132,240
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to
       net cash from operating activities
         Depreciation                                             709,035             749,603             685,786
         Provision for loan losses                              2,560,000             239,000             245,000
         Net amortization and accretion on securities
          available for sale                                      116,787              72,446              35,888
         Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                257,597             397,391             123,026
         Loans originated for sale                            (47,554,219)       (102,921,516)        (36,344,318)
         Proceeds from sales of mortgage loans                 49,491,958         103,889,773          36,498,981
         Net gains on sales of mortgage loans                  (1,032,371)         (1,994,470)           (789,898)
     Net change in:
         Deferred loan origination fees                           (92,717)             60,964              85,775
         Accrued interest receivable                              117,856             (43,629)            124,061
         Other assets                                            (235,246)            353,691             892,799
         Accrued interest payable                                  87,333            (117,783)             48,597
         Other liabilities                                        106,052             142,391             164,056
                                                            -------------       -------------       -------------
              Net cash from operating activities                6,094,843           3,488,335           3,901,993

Cash flows from investing activities Proceeds from:
         Maturities, calls and principal payments on
           securities available for sale                        9,699,134          11,684,767           6,647,115
         Sales of securities available for sale                 7,674,558                   -           9,002,934
         Sales of portfolio loans                               1,483,725          10,424,013           3,481,411
     Purchases of:
         Securities available for sale                        (11,945,000)        (17,164,219)         (8,670,078)
         Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank                                -                   -            (184,300)
         Premises and equipment                                  (634,714)         (1,028,051)         (1,224,588)
     Net increase in loans                                    (39,916,902)         (8,113,718)        (16,031,997)
     Recoveries on loans charged-off                               61,823              37,259              34,485
                                                            -------------       ------------        -------------
              Net cash from investing activities              (33,577,376)         (4,159,949)         (6,945,018)
</TABLE>
                                  (Continued)

                                      -44-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                  Years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
                                                                       1999                1998                1997
                                                                       ----                ----                ----
<S>                                                                 <C>              <C>                 <C>
Cash flows from financing activities
     Net change in deposits                                        $  13,315,458     $   10,917,507      $    15,649,027
     Net change in other borrowed funds                                5,551,140         (5,719,901)          (6,589,458)
     Repurchase of common stock                                          (36,936)           (27,200)            (189,013)
     Issuance of common stock                                             96,030             78,700               57,718
     Exercise of stock options                                                 -             41,138               24,638
     Dividends paid and fractional shares                               (634,775)          (569,227)            (509,652)
                                                                   -------------     --------------      ---------------

              Net cash from financing activities                      18,290,917          4,721,017            8,443,260
                                                                   -------------     --------------      ---------------

Net change in cash and cash equivalents                               (9,191,616)         4,049,403            5,400,235

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                        18,701,514         14,652,111            9,251,876
                                                                   -------------     --------------      ---------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                           $   9,509,898     $   18,701,514      $    14,652,111
                                                                   =============     ==============      ===============

Supplemental schedule of noncash activities Transfer from:
         Loans to foreclosed real estate                           $     160,811     $      239,144      $       488,874
         Portfolio loans to loans held for sale                                -          2,065,245                    -
         Loans held for sale to portfolio loans                          679,146                  -                    -

     Cash paid for:
         Interest                                                  $   6,521,024     $    7,323,398      $     7,537,824
         Income taxes                                                  1,215,000          1,602,000            1,152,275
</TABLE>

          See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      -45-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998


NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated  financial statements include the
accounts of Lenawee Bancorp, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiary, Bank of Lenawee,
and its wholly-owned subsidiary,  Lenawee Financial Services, (together referred
to as "the Company").  All significant  intercompany  balances and  transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation.

Nature of Operations,  Industry Segments and  Concentrations of Credit Risk: The
Company  is  a  one-bank   holding  company  which  conducts   limited  business
activities. The Bank performs the majority of business activities.


The Bank provides a full range of banking services to individuals,  agricultural
businesses,  commercial  businesses and light industries  located in its service
area. It maintains a diversified loan portfolio,  including loans to individuals
for home mortgages, automobiles and personal expenditures, and loans to business
enterprises for current  operations and expansion.  The Bank offers a variety of
deposit  products,   including  checking,   savings,  money  market,  individual
retirement  accounts  and  certificates  o deposit.  While the  Company's  chief
decision  maker  monitors  the revenue  stream of various  Company  products and
services,  operations  are managed and financial  performance  is evaluated on a
Company  wide  basis.  Accordingly,  all of  Company's  banking  operations  are
considered by management to be aggregated into one operating segment.

The  principal  market  for the  Bank's  financial  services  are  the  Michigan
communities in which the Bank is located and the areas  immediately  surrounding
these communities. The Bank serves these markets through nine offices located in
Lenawee, Hillsdale and Washtenaw Counties in Michigan.

Use of Estimates:  To prepare financial  statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles, management makes estimates and assumptions based
on available  information.  These estimates and  assumptions  affect the amounts
reported in the financial  statements and the disclosures  provided,  and future
results  could  differ.  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  and fair  values  of
securities and other financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

Cash Flow  Reporting:  Cash and cash  equivalents  include cash on hand,  demand
deposits with other  financial  institutions,  federal funds sold and commercial
paper with original maturities of 90 days or less. Cash flows are reported, net,
for customer loan and deposit transactions,  securities sold under agreements to
repurchase with original  maturities of 90 days or less and U.S. Treasury demand
notes.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -46-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Securities:  Securities  are  classified  as held to  maturity  and  carried  at
amortized cost when  management has the positive intent and ability to hold them
to maturity.  Securities are classified as available for sale when they might be
sold before maturity.  Securities  available for sale are carried at fair value,
with unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other comprehensive  income
and shareholders'  equity, net of tax. Trading securities are bought principally
for sale in the near term, and are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains
and losses included in earnings.  Securities are written down to fair value when
a decline in fair value is not temporary.  Other securities such as Federal Home
Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock are carried at cost.

Gains and  losses  on sales  are  determined  using  the  amortized  cost of the
specific security sold.  Interest and dividend income,  adjusted by amortization
of purchase premiums and discounts, is included in earnings.

Loans Held for Sale:  Loans held for sale are  reported  at the lower of cost or
market value in  aggregate.  Net  unrealized  losses are recorded in a valuation
allowance by charges to income.

Loans  Receivable:  Loans  receivable  are  reported  at the  principal  balance
outstanding,  net of unearned  interest,  deferred  loan fees and costs,  and an
allowance for loan losses.  Interest  income is reported on the interest  method
and  includes  amortization  of net  deferred  loan fees and costs over the loan
term.  Interest  income is not  reported  when full loan  repayment is in doubt,
typically  when  the loan is  impaired  or  payments  are past due over 90 days,
unless the loan is both well secured and in the process of collection.  Payments
received on such loans are reported as principal reductions.

Allowance  for Loan  Losses:  The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is a  valuation
allowance for probable credit losses, increased by the provision for loan losses
and decreased by charge-offs  less  recoveries.  Estimating the risk of loss and
the  amount  of  loss  on  any  loan  is  necessarily  subjective.  Accordingly,
management  estimates the  allowance  balance  required  based on past loan loss
experience,  known  and  inherent  risks  in the  portfolio,  information  about
specific  borrower   situations  and  estimated   collateral  values,   economic
conditions,  and other  factors.  Allocations  of the  allowance may be made for
specific  loans,  but the entire  allowance is available  for any loan that,  in
management's judgement,  should be charged-off. A problem loan is charged-off by
management  as a loss when deemed  uncollectible,  although  collection  efforts
continue and future recoveries may occur.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -47-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loan  impairment  is  reported  when full  payment  under the loan  terms is not
expected.  Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance loans of similar
nature such as residential mortgage and consumer loans and on an individual loan
basis for other  loans.  If a loan is  impaired,  a portion of the  allowance is
allocated so that the loan is reported,  net, at the present  value of estimated
future  cash  flows  using  the  loan's  existing  rate or at the fair  value of
collateral  if  repayment  is  expected  solely from the  collateral.  Loans are
evaluated for impairment  when payments are delayed,  typically 90 days or more,
or when it is probable  that all  principal  and  interest  amounts  will not be
collected according to the original terms of the loan.

Premises  and  Equipment:  Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  less
accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  computed  using a  combination  of
straight-line  and  accelerated  methods with useful lives ranging from 10 to 40
years  for  buildings  and  improvements,  and 3 to 10 years for  furniture  and
equipment.  These assets are reviewed for impairment  when events indicate their
carrying  amount may not be  recoverable  from future  undiscounted  cash flows.
Maintenance,  repairs and minor alterations are charged to current operations as
expenditures occur. Major improvements are capitalized.

Servicing  Rights:  Servicing  rights  represent both  purchased  rights and the
allocated value of servicing rights retained on loans sold. Servicing rights are
expensed  in  proportion  to, and over the period of,  estimated  net  servicing
revenues.

Impairment is evaluated  based on the fair value of the rights,  using groupings
of the  underlying  loans as to  interest  rates  and then,  secondarily,  as to
geographic  and  prepayment  characteristics.  Any  impairment  of a grouping is
reported as a valuation allowance.

Other Real Estate Owned: Real estate properties acquired in collection of a loan
receivable  are  recorded at fair value at  acquisition.  Any  reduction to fair
value from the carrying  value of the related  loan is  accounted  for as a loan
loss. After  acquisition,  a valuation  allowance reduces the reported amount to
the lower of the  initial  amount or fair value  less  costs to sell.  Expenses,
gains and losses on  disposition,  and changes in the  valuation  allowance  are
reported in other  expense.  Other real  estate  owned  amounts to $255,000  and
$341,000 at December 31, 1999 and 1998.

Repurchase  Agreements:   Substantially  all  repurchase  agreement  liabilities
represent amounts advanced by various customers. Securities are pledged to cover
these liabilities, which are not covered by federal deposit insurance.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -48-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Benefit  Plans:  A  defined  benefit  pension  plan  covers   substantially  all
employees,  with benefits  based on years of service and  compensation  prior to
retirement.  Pension expense is the net of service and interest cost,  return on
plan assets,  and  amortization of gains and losses not immediately  recognized.
Profit-sharing  and 401(k) plan expense is the amount  contributed as determined
by Board decision.

Expense for employee  compensation  under stock option plans is reported only if
options are granted below market price at grant date.  Proforma  disclosures  of
net income and earnings per share are provided as if the option's fair value had
been recorded using an option pricing model.

Income Taxes: Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due
or refundable  and the change in deferred tax assets and  liabilities.  Deferred
tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax consequences of temporary
differences  between  carrying  amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities,
computed  using enacted tax rates.  A valuation  allowance,  if needed,  reduces
deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

Earnings and  Dividends Per Share:  Basic  earnings per common share is based on
net income divided by the weighted  average number of common shares  outstanding
during the period.  Diluted  earnings per common share shows the dilutive effect
of any additional  potential  common  shares.  Earnings and dividends per common
share are  restated  for all stock  splits and stock  dividends,  including  the
two-for-one splits declared in 1999 and 1998.

Stock  Dividends:  Dividends  issued in stock are reported by  transferring  the
market  value of the stock  issued from  retained  earnings to common  stock and
additional  paid-in  capital.  Fractional  shares are paid in cash for all stock
dividends.

Comprehensive  Income:  Comprehensive  income  consists  of net income and other
comprehensive  income.  Other  comprehensive  income  includes the net change in
unrealized appreciation  (depreciation) on securities available for sale, net of
tax, which is also recognized as a separate  component of shareholders'  equity.
The  accounting  standard that  requires  reporting  comprehensive  income first
applied for 1998, with prior information restated to be comparable.

Financial  Instruments with  Off-Balance-Sheet  Risk: The Company, in the normal
course of business,  makes commitments to make loans,  which are not recorded in
the financial statements.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -49-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loss  Contingencies:  Loss  contingencies,  including  claims and legal  actions
arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the
likelihood  of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably
estimated. Management does not believe there are now such matters that will have
a material effect on the financial statements.

Fair Values of Financial  Instruments:  Fair values of financial instruments are
estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully
disclosed separately.  Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of
significant  judgment regarding interest rates,  credit risk,  prepayments,  and
other factors,  especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items.
Changes in assumptions or in market  conditions could  significantly  affect the
estimates.  The  fair  value  estimates  of  existing  on-and  off-balance-sheet
financial  instruments does not include the value of anticipated future business
or values of assets and liabilities not considered financial instruments.

Reclassifications:  Some items in the prior year financial  statements have been
reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.


NOTE 2 - SECURITIES

Year-end securities available for sale were as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                     Gross             Gross
                                                 Amortized        Unrealized        Unrealized            Fair
1999                                               Cost              Gains            Losses              Value
- ----                                               ----              -----            ------              -----
<S>                                            <C>                <C>              <C>                <C>
     U. S. Treasury and
        U.S. Government agencies               $   7,400,712      $         -      $    (231,465)     $   7,169,247
     Obligations of states and
        political subdivisions                     9,473,289           24,091           (120,895)         9,376,485
     Corporate notes                                 559,139                -            (12,920)           546,219
     Mortgage-backed securities                    6,097,524                -           (165,300)         5,932,224
                                               -------------      -----------      -------------      -------------
                                               $  23,530,664      $    24,091      $    (530,580)     $  23,024,175
                                               =============      ===========      =============      =============
</TABLE>

                                   (Continued)

                                      -50-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 2 - SECURITIES (Continued)
<TABLE>
                                                                     Gross             Gross
                                                 Amortized        Unrealized        Unrealized            Fair
1998                                               Cost              Gains            Losses              Value
- ----                                               ----              -----            ------              -----
<S>                                           <C>                 <C>                <C>              <C>
     U. S. Treasury and
        U.S. Government agencies              $   12,696,682      $    86,443        $    (9,075)     $  12,774,050
     Obligations of states and
        political subdivisions                     9,014,078          221,651             (4,175)         9,231,554
     Corporate notes                               1,831,724           12,457                  -          1,844,181
     Mortgage-backed securities                    5,538,179           34,459             (3,951)         5,568,687
                                              --------------      -----------        -----------      -------------
                                              $   29,080,663      $   355,010        $   (17,201)     $  29,418,472
                                              ==============      ===========        ===========      =============
</TABLE>

Contractual  maturities  of debt  securities  at year-end  1999 were as follows.
Securities  not  due  at  a  single  maturity  date,  primarily  mortgage-backed
securities, are shown separately.
<TABLE>
                                                                        Amortized               Fair
                                                                          Cost                  Value
                                                                          ----                  -----
     <S>                                                               <C>                  <C>
     Due in one year or less                                           $    2,519,811       $    2,517,046
     Due from one to five years                                            11,987,913           11,734,759
     Due from five to ten years                                             2,225,416            2,152,249
     Due after ten years                                                      700,000              687,897
                                                                       --------------       --------------
                                                                           17,433,140           17,091,951
     Mortgage-backed securities                                             6,097,524            5,932,224
                                                                       --------------       --------------
                                                                       $   23,530,664       $   23,024,175
                                                                       ==============       ==============
</TABLE>
Sales of securities available for sale were:
<TABLE>
                                                        1999               1998                1997
                                                        ----               ----                ----
     <S>                                           <C>                  <C>               <C>
     Proceeds from sales                           $   7,674,558        $       -         $    9,002,934
     Gross gains from sales                                5,785                -                  9,998
     Gross losses from sales                             (10,305)               -                (22,248)
</TABLE>
In  addition  to  Federal  Home Loan Bank  (FHLB)  stock,  securities  having an
amortized cost of approximately $13,107,000 and $17,373,000 at year-end 1999 and
1998 were pledged to secure FHLB  advances,  public  deposits,  securities  sold
under  agreements  to  repurchase  and U.S.  Treasury  demand  notes.  Except as
indicated,   total   securities  of  any  state  (including  all  its  political
subdivisions)  were less than 10% of shareholders'  equity. At year-end 1999 and
1998, the amortized  cost of securities  issued by the state of Michigan and all
its political  subdivisions  totaled $7,210,000 and $6,100,000 with an estimated
market value of $7,174,000 and $6,272,000.

                                  (Continued)

                                      -51-
<PAGE>
NOTE 3 - LOANS RECEIVABLE

Year-end loans receivable are as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                               1999                1998
                                                                               ----                ----
     <S>                                                             <C>                     <C>
     Commercial                                                      $    103,569,923        $  78,347,516
     Agricultural                                                          31,754,542           34,103,673
     Real Estate Mortgage                                                  17,203,006            9,548,272
     Real Estate Construction                                               9,934,302            7,462,111
     Consumer                                                              34,846,379           29,025,876
                                                                     ----------------        -------------

           Gross loans receivable                                         197,308,152          158,487,448

     Deferred loan origination fees/costs, net                                 58,865              (33,852)
     Allowance for loan losses                                             (4,646,484)          (2,181,749)
                                                                     ----------------        -------------

           Net loans receivable                                      $    192,720,533        $ 156,271,847
                                                                     ================        =============
</TABLE>

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company, including associates of
such persons, were loan customers of the Company during 1999 and 1998. A summary
of aggregate related party loan activity for loans  aggregating  $60,000 or more
to any related party is as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                                1999                1998
                                                                                ----                ----
     <S>                                                                   <C>                  <C>
     Balance at January 1                                                  $    3,062,973       $    4,895,617
     New loans                                                                  3,304,811            7,226,060
     Repayments                                                                (3,560,342)          (9,088,533)
     Other changes                                                                      -               29,829
                                                                           --------------       --------------
     Balance at December 31                                                $    2,807,442       $    3,062,973
                                                                           ==============       ==============
</TABLE>
Other changes include  adjustments for persons  included in one reporting period
that are not reported in the other reporting period.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998


NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

Activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                             1999                 1998                1997
                                                             ----                 ----                ----
     <S>                                             <C>                   <C>                  <C>
     Beginning balance                               $   2,181,749         $  1,964,473         $  1,761,117
     Loan charge-offs                                     (157,088)             (58,983)             (76,129)
     Loan recoveries                                        61,823               37,259               34,485
                                                     -------------         ------------         ------------
                  Net loan charge-offs                     (95,265)             (21,724)             (41,644)
                                                     -------------         ------------         ------------
     Provision for loan losses                           2,560,000              239,000              245,000
                                                     -------------         ------------         ------------
     Ending balance                                  $   4,646,484         $  2,181,749         $  1,964,473
                                                     =============         ============         ============
</TABLE>
Impaired loans were as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                1999              1998               1997
                                                                ----              ----               ----
     <S>                                                    <C>                 <C>               <C>
     Year-end loans with no allowance for
       loan losses allocated                                $      95,000       $     19,000      $     94,000
     Year-end loans with allowance for loan
       losses allocated                                         2,979,000             52,000            52,000
     Amount of the allowance allocated                          2,352,000             52,000            52,000

     Average of impaired loans during the year                    155,000            118,000           148,000
     Interest income recognized during
       impairment                                                  13,000             14,000            13,000
     Cash-basis interest income recognized                              -                  -                 -
</TABLE>
Subsequent to December 31, 1999, the Company became aware of circumstances which
occurred  in 1999,  involving  loans to a single  borrower in which the Bank had
purchased a  participating  interest from another  financial  institution.  As a
result of these circumstances,  management has concluded that a loss is probable
and,  accordingly,  has recorded an additional provision for loan losses of $2.3
million  for  1999 on  loans  outstanding  of  approximately  $2.9  million.  In
addition, these loans are considered to be impaired at December 31, 1999.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998


NOTE 5 - LOAN SERVICING

Loans  serviced  for others are not  reported  as assets.  These  loans  totaled
$181,102,000 and $140,816,000 at year-end 1999 and 1998. Related escrow balances
were $285,000 and $267,000 at year-end 1999 and 1998.

Activity for capitalized mortgage servicing rights was as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                            1999              1998           1997
                                                            ----              ----           ----
     <S>                                                <C>              <C>             <C>
     Servicing rights:
        Beginning of year                               $  1,098,116     $   518,945     $   262,300
        Additions                                            494,900         976,562         379,671
        Amortization                                        (257,597)       (397,391)       (123,026)
                                                        ------------     -----------     -----------
        End of year                                     $  1,335,419     $ 1,098,116     $   518,945
                                                        ============     ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

NOTE 6 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Year-end premises and equipment consist of:
<TABLE>
                                                                                1999               1998
                                                                                ----               ----
     <S>                                                                   <C>                <C>
     Land                                                                  $    499,668       $    450,794
     Buildings and improvements                                               6,986,070          6,579,586
     Furniture and equipment                                                  5,281,617          5,214,140
                                                                              ---------       ------------
         Total cost                                                          12,767,355         12,244,520
     Accumulated depreciation                                                (6,246,331)        (5,638,816)
                                                                             ----------       ------------
                                                                           $  6,521,024       $  6,605,704
                                                                           ============       ============
</TABLE>

Depreciation expense was $709,035, $749,603 and $685,786 in 1999, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.


NOTE 7 - DEPOSITS

At year-end 1999,  stated  maturities of time deposits were as follows,  for the
years ending December 31:
<TABLE>
                  <S>                                              <C>
                  2000                                             $  32,327,954
                  2001                                                19,352,871
                  2002                                                10,617,211
                  2003                                                15,324,315
                  2004                                                 9,038,808
                                                                   -------------
                                                                   $  86,661,159
                                                                   =============
</TABLE>

                                   (Continued)

                                      -54-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 7 - DEPOSITS (Continued)

Time deposits  exceeding  $100,000 were  $30,059,000 and $23,733,000 at year-end
1999 and 1998.

At year-end 1999, stated maturities of time deposits  exceeding $100,000 were as
follows:
<TABLE>
                  <S>                                                           <C>
                  In 3 months or less                                           $   13,893,000
                  Over 3 through 6 months                                            6,225,000
                  Over 6 through 12 months                                           4,012,000
                  Over 12 months                                                     5,929,000
                                                                                --------------
                                                                                $   30,059,000
                                                                                ==============
</TABLE>
Related party deposits were $1,806,000 and $1,945,000 at year-end 1999 and 1998.

NOTE 8 - BORROWED FUNDS

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase

Information  concerning  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  is
summarized as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                                  1999                 1998
                                                                                  ----                 ----
<S>                                                                             <C>                 <C>
Amount outstanding at year-end                                                  $  2,002,363        $4,154,069
Weighted average interest rate at year-end                                             4.61%              3.55%
Average daily balance during the year                                           $  3,444,358        $3,309,287
Weighted average interest rate during the year                                         3.71%              4.28%
Maximum month-end balance during the year                                       $  5,143,802        $4,400,263
</TABLE>

Federal Home Loan Bank Advances

Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB)  advances  totaled  $14,174,391  and $6,471,545 at
year-end  1999 and 1998.  The advances  have fixed  interest  rates ranging from
5.880% to 6.040% at year-end 1999 and a fixed rate of 6.04% at year-end 1998.

Pursuant to collateral  agreements  with the Federal Home Loan Bank, in addition
to  Federal  Home  Loan  stock,  advances  are  secured  under  a  blanket  lien
arrangement by qualified 1-to-4 family mortgage loans and U.S. Government agency
securities with a carrying value of approximately $38,465,000 and $19,625,000 at
year-end 1999 and 1998.

At year-end  1999,  scheduled  principal  reductions  on these  advances were as
follows for the years ending December 31:
<TABLE>
                  <S>                                            <C>
                  2000                                           $   8,321,521
                  2001                                                 347,886
                  2002                                                 376,412
                  2003                                                 407,278
                  2004                                                 440,675
                  Thereafter                                         4,280,619
                                                                 -------------
                  Total FHLB advances                            $  14,174,391
                                                                 =============
</TABLE>
                                   (Continued)

                                      -55-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998


NOTE 9 - INCOME TAXES

Income tax expense consists of:
<TABLE>
                                                            1999               1998             1997
                                                            ----               ----             ----
     <S>                                               <C>                 <C>              <C>
     Current                                           $    1,464,775      $  1,260,805     $    1,200,789
     Deferred                                                (734,238)           89,195            (99,089)
                                                       --------------      ------------     --------------
         Total                                         $      730,537      $  1,350,000     $    1,101,700
                                                       ==============      ============     ==============
</TABLE>
Income tax expense  calculated at the statutory  federal  income tax rate of 34%
differs from actual income tax expense as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                            1999              1998               1997
                                                            ----              ----               ----
     <S>                                                  <C>              <C>                <C>
     Statutory rates                                      $   779,727      $  1,363,561       $  1,099,540
     Increase (decrease) from:
         Tax-exempt securities income                        (106,804)          (97,848)           (71,052)
         Non-deductible interest expense                        7,070             8,614             19,193
         Other, net                                            50,544            75,673             54,019
                                                          -----------      ------------       ------------
                                                          $   730,537      $  1,350,000       $  1,101,700
                                                          ===========      ============       ============
</TABLE>
Year-end deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of:
<TABLE>
                                                            1999               1998               1997
                                                            ----               ----               ----
     <S>                                                <C>                 <C>               <C>
     Deferred tax assets
         Allowance for loan losses                      $   1,381,031       $   543,021       $    469,147
         Net deferred loan fees                               200,584           185,377            164,152
         Net unrealized losses on
           securities available for sale                      172,205                 -                  -
         Other                                                 37,173            46,064             46,350
                                                        -------------       -----------       ------------
              Total deferred tax assets                     1,790,993           774,462            679,649
                                                        -------------       -----------       ------------
     Deferred tax liabilities
         Depreciation                                        (322,849)         (293,444)          (306,351)
         Net unrealized gains on securities
           available for sale                                       -          (114,855)           (69,724)
         Mortgage servicing rights                           (454,042)         (373,359)          (176,444)
                                                        -------------       -----------       ------------
              Total deferred tax liabilities                 (776,891)         (781,658)          (552,519)
                                                        -------------       -----------       ------------
     Net deferred tax asset (liability)                 $   1,014,102       $    (7,196)      $    127,130
                                                        =============       ===========       ============
</TABLE>
                                   (Continued)

                                      -56-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 10 - EARNINGS PER SHARE

A  reconciliation  of the numerators and  denominators of the basic earnings per
share and  diluted  earnings  per  share  computations  for the  years  ended is
presented below:
<TABLE>
Basic earnings per share                                        1999              1998               1997
                                                                ----              ----               ----
<S>                                                          <C>                <C>              <C>
     Net income available to common
       shareholders                                          $  1,562,778       $  2,660,474       $  2,132,240
                                                             ============       ============       ============
     Weighted average common shares
       outstanding                                                852,509            850,118            848,372
                                                             ============       ============       ============
         Basic earnings per share                               $    1.83            $  3.13           $   2.51
                                                                =========            =======           ========
Diluted earnings per share
     Net income available to common
       shareholders                                          $  1,562,778       $  2,660,474       $  2,132,240
                                                             ============       ============       ============
     Weighted average common shares
       outstanding                                                852,509            850,118            848,372
     Add:  Dilutive effects of exercise of
       stock options                                                1,857              1,468              2,516
                                                             ------------       ------------       ------------
     Weighted average common and dilutive
       potential common shares outstanding                        854,366            851,586            850,888
                                                             ============       ============       ============
     Diluted earnings per share                                 $    1.83            $  3.12           $   2.51
                                                                =========            =======           ========
</TABLE>

NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

Defined Benefit Plan

Information about the pension plan was as follows.
<TABLE>
                                                                                    1999               1998
                                                                                    ----               ----
<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>
     Change in benefit obligation:
         Beginning benefit obligation                                           $  1,334,322       $ 1,146,268
         Service cost                                                                127,921           111,178
         Interest cost                                                               100,871            86,414
         Actuarial loss                                                               32,357            26,526
         Benefits paid                                                               (35,950)          (36,064)
                                                                                ------------       -----------
         Ending benefit obligation                                                 1,559,521         1,334,322

     Change in plan assets, at fair value:
         Beginning plan assets                                                     1,142,109         1,007,624
         Actual return                                                                40,090            13,565
         Employer contribution                                                       185,667           156,984
         Benefits paid                                                               (35,950)          (36,064)
                                                                                ------------       -----------
         Ending plan assets                                                        1,331,916         1,142,109
                                                                                ------------       -----------

     Funded status at year-end                                                      (227,605)         (192,213)
     Unrecognized net actuarial loss                                                 217,323           149,856
     Unrecognized transition obligation                                               16,423            20,528
     Unrecognized prior service cost                                                  13,517            16,226
                                                                                ------------       -----------
     Prepaid (accrued) benefit cost                                             $     19,658       $    (5,603)
                                                                                ============       ===========
</TABLE>
                                   (Continued)

                                      -57-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (Continued)

The  components of pension  expense and related  actuarial  assumptions  were as
follows.
<TABLE>
                                                                 1999               1998               1997
                                                                 ----               ----               ----
     <S>                                                      <C>                 <C>              <C>
     Service cost                                             $   127,921         $  111,178       $   115,465
     Interest cost                                                100,871             86,414            70,008
     Expected return on plan assets                               (78,756)           (61,124)          (65,167)
     Amortization of prior service cost                             2,709              2,709             2,709
     Amortization of transition obligation                          4,105              4,105             4,105
     Recognized net actuarial (gain) loss                           3,556                  -                 -
                                                              -----------         ----------       -----------
         Net pension expense                                  $   160,406         $  143,282       $   127,120
                                                              ===========         ==========       ===========

     Discount rate on benefit obligation                             7.5%               7.5%               7.5%
     Long-term expected rate of return
       on plan assets                                                8.0%               8.0%               8.0%
     Rate of compensation increase                                   5.0%               5.0%               5.0%
</TABLE>
ESOP and 401(k) Plan

The  Company   maintains  an  employee  stock  ownership  plan  (ESOP)  covering
substantially all employees. The ESOP is designed to enable employees to acquire
common  stock  of  the  Company.   The  cost  of  the  ESOP  is  funded  through
contributions  to an  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Trust  in  amounts  determined
annually by the Board of Directors.  Shares of common stock acquired by the ESOP
are to be allocated to each participating employee and held until the employee's
termination,  retirement or death.  There were no cash contributions to the ESOP
for 1999, 1998 and 1997.

At  year-end  1999 and  1998,  the ESOP held  98,325  and  51,358  shares of the
Company's  stock, all of which is allocated to employees.  Upon  distribution of
shares to a participant, the participant has the right to require the Company to
purchase shares at the most recent  appraised value in accordance with the terms
and  conditions  of the  plan.  As such,  these  shares  are not  classified  in
shareholders'   equity  as  permanent  equity.  The  shares  held  by  the  ESOP
approximated $4,326,300 and $3,697,800 at year-end 1999 and 1998.

The ESOP plan includes a 401(k) provision.  Employees may elect to contribute up
to 15% of their salaries, and the Company will match 100% of the contribution up
to 2% of the eligible  salaries.  Expense  relating to the 401(k)  provision was
$57,600, $57,622 and $50,400 in 1999, 1998 and 1997.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -58-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (Continued)

Stock Option Plan

SFAS  No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based   Compensation  requires  proforma
disclosures for companies that do not adopt its fair value accounting method for
stock-based  compensation.   Accordingly,  the  following  proforma  information
presents net income and basic and diluted  earnings per share had the fair value
method been used to measure  compensation  cost for stock options.  The exercise
price of options  granted is equivalent to the market value of underlying  stock
at the grant date. Accordingly,  no compensation expense was actually recognized
for stock options in 1999, 1998 and 1997.
<TABLE>
                                                                1999              1998               1997
                                                                ----              ----               ----
       <S>                                                   <C>                <C>                <C>
       Net income as reported                                $  1,562,778       $  2,660,474       $ 2,132,240
       Proforma net income                                      1,533,382          2,639,183         2,121,333
       Reported earnings per common share
           Basic                                             $       1.83       $       3.13       $      2.51
           Diluted                                                   1.83               3.12              2.51
       Proforma earnings per common share
           Basic                                                     1.80               3.10              2.50
           Diluted                                                   1.79               3.10              2.49
</TABLE>
The fair value of options  granted is  estimated  using option  pricing  models,
using the following weighted average information:
<TABLE>
                                                                   1999              1998               1997
                                                                   ----              ----               ----
       <S>                                                        <C>                <C>              <C>
       Risk-free interest risk                                      5.10%              5.53%             5.77%
       Expected option life                                       8 years            8 years          10 years
       Expected stock price volatility                            Nominal            Nominal           Nominal
       Expected dividends                                           1.86%              1.20%             1.20%
</TABLE>
The weighted  average fair value of stock options  granted was $7.09,  $4.57 and
$4.66 for 1999,  1998 and 1997.  At year-end  1999,  options  outstanding  had a
weighted average remaining life of 8.0 years.

In future years, as additional  options are granted,  the proforma effect on net
income and earnings per share may increase.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -59-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 11 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (Continued)

Stock option plans are used to reward directors and certain  executive  officers
and provide them with an additional  equity interest.  Options are issued for 10
year periods and vest over five years.  Information  about options available for
grant and options granted follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                                                      Weighted-
                                                                                                      Average
                                                            Available               Options           Exercise
                                                           For Grant(1)          Outstanding(1)        Price(1)
<S>                                                          <C>                    <C>              <C>
Balance at January 1, 1997                                   45,320                  7,480           $  18.53
     Options issued                                          (5,800)                 5,800              20.69
     Options exercised                                            -                 (1,260)             19.56
                                                           --------                -------            -------
Balance at December 31, 1997                                 39,520                 12,020              19.46
     Options issued                                          (6,340)                 6,340              25.00
     Options exercised                                            -                 (1,920)             21.43
                                                           --------                -------            -------
Balance at December 31, 1998                                 33,180                 16,440              21.37
     Options issued                                          (5,720)                 5,720              36.00
     Option exercised                                             -                      -                  -
                                                           --------                -------            -------
Balance at December 31, 1999                                 27,460                 22,160            $ 25.14
                                                           ========                =======            =======
</TABLE>
(1)  Restated for a two-for-one stock split in 1998 and 1999.

Options exercisable at year-end are as follows:
<TABLE>
                                                                          Weighted-
                                                                           Average
                                                      Number of           Exercise
                                                      Options              Price
                                                      -------              -----
               <S>                                     <C>              <C>
               1999                                    9,964            $  22.25
               1998                                    4,908               19.82
               1997                                    2,340               18.95
</TABLE>

NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS, OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND CONTINGENCIES

At year-end 1999 and 1998,  reserves of $2,895,000 and $2,269,000  were required
as deposits with the Federal  Reserve or as cash on hand.  These reserves do not
earn interest.

Some financial instruments are used in the normal course of business to meet the
financing needs of customers. These financial instruments include commitments to
extend  credit,  standby  letters  of credit  and  financial  guarantees.  These
involve,  to varying  degrees,  credit and  interest-rate  risk in excess of the
amount reported in the financial statements.

                                  (Continued)

                                      -60-
<PAGE>
NOTE 12 - COMMITMENTS, OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)

The Company has the following commitments outstanding at year-end:
<TABLE>
                                                                             1999                1998
                                                                             ----                ----
     <S>                                                                <C>                 <C>
     Commitments to extend credit                                       $   56,996,000      $   43,660,000
     Credit card arrangements                                                2,185,000           1,733,000
     Standby letters of credit                                                 514,000             656,000
                                                                        --------------      --------------
                                                                        $   59,695,000      $   46,049,000
                                                                        ==============      ==============
</TABLE>

Exposure to credit loss if the other  party does not perform is  represented  by
the  contractual  amount for  commitments to extend credit,  standby  letters of
credit, and financial  guarantees written. The same credit policies are used for
commitments and conditional obligations as are used for loans.

Commitments  to extend  credit are  agreements  to lend to a customer as long as
there  is  no  violation  of  any  condition   established  in  the  commitment.
Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination  clauses
and may require  payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to
expire without being used, the total  commitments do not  necessarily  represent
future cash  requirements.  Standby  letters of credit and financial  guarantees
written are conditional  commitments to guarantee a customer's  performance to a
third party.


NOTE 13 - PARENT CORPORATION CONDENSED

The Company's  primary source of funds to pay dividends to  shareholders  is the
dividends it receives from the Bank. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions
on the amount of dividends it may declare  without  prior  regulatory  approval.
Accordingly,  in 2000,  the Bank may  distribute to the Company,  in addition to
2000 net profits,  approximately  $2,839,000 in dividends without prior approval
from regulatory agencies.

Following are condensed parent corporation financial statements.

                                   (Continued)

                                      -61-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 13 - PARENT CORPORATION CONDENSED (Continued)
<TABLE>
                            CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998
                                                                                       1999               1998
                                                                                       ----               ----
Assets
<S>                                                                             <C>                  <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                                                       $    417,928         $     180,638
Securities available for sale                                                        938,133             1,062,853
Investment in subsidiary                                                          21,395,761            21,023,180
Other                                                                                 23,439                78,729
                                                                                ------------         -------------
     Total assets                                                               $ 22,775,261         $  22,345,400
                                                                                ============         =============
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
Common stock subject to repurchase obligation in ESOP                           $  4,326,300         $   3,697,800
Shareholders' equity                                                              18,448,961            18,647,600
                                                                                ------------         -------------
     Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                 $ 22,775,261         $  22,345,400
                                                                                ============         =============
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
                         CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                            Years ended December 31,

                                                                         1999              1998               1997
                                                                         ----              ----               ----
<S>                                                                  <C>               <C>                 <C>
Dividends from subsidiary                                            $   600,000       $    700,000        $  1,250,000
Interest on securities                                                    43,596             43,835              17,442
Other income                                                                   -                  -               6,588
Other expenses                                                               (15)            (2,742)            (11,135)
                                                                     -----------       ------------        ------------
Income before equity in undistributed income
  of subsidiary bank                                                     643,581            741,093           1,262,895

Equity in undistributed net income of
  subsidiary                                                             919,197          1,919,381             869,345
                                                                     -----------       ------------        ------------
Net income                                                           $ 1,562,778       $  2,660,474        $  2,132,240
                                                                     ===========       ============        ============
</TABLE>
                                   (Continued)

                                      -62-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998

NOTE 13 - PARENT CORPORATION CONDENSED (Continued)
<TABLE>
                       CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                            Years ended December 31,

                                                                       1999            1998              1997
                                                                       ----            ----              ----
<S>                                                                <C>               <C>            <C>
Operating activities
Net income                                                         $   1,562,778     $2,660,474     $ 42,132,240
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities
     Equity in undistributed net income of
       subsidiary                                                       (919,197)    (1,919,381)        (869,345)
     Net amortization of investment securities                             3,627          3,035            1,298
     Other                                                                60,763        (10,322)         (53,519)
                                                                   -------------     ----------     ------------
         Net cash from operating activities                              707,971        733,806        1,210,674

Investing Activities
Activity in available for sale securities
     Maturities and calls                                                105,000              -                -
     Purchases                                                                 -       (113,177)        (777,788)
                                                                   -------------     ----------     ------------
         Net cash from investing activities                              105,000       (113,177)        (777,788)

Financing Activities
Repurchase of common stock                                               (36,936)       (27,200)        (189,013)
Issuance of common stock                                                  96,030         78,700           57,718
Exercise of stock options                                                      -         41,138           24,638
Dividends paid and fractional shares                                    (634,775)      (569,227)        (509,652)
                                                                   -------------     ----------     ------------
     Net cash from financing activities                                 (575,681)      (476,589)        (616,309)
                                                                   -------------     ----------     ------------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents                                  237,290        144,040         (183,423)

Beginning cash and cash equivalents                                      180,638         36,598          220,021
                                                                   -------------     ----------     ------------
Ending cash and cash equivalents                                   $     417,928     $  180,638     $     36,598
                                                                   =============     ==========     ============
</TABLE>
                                   (Continued)

                                      -63-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 14 - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The  following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate  fair values for
financial  instruments.  The carrying  amount is considered to approximate  fair
value for cash and cash  equivalents,  demand and savings  deposits,  short-term
borrowings,  accrued interest,  and variable rate loans or deposits that reprice
frequently and fully.  Securities  fair values are based on quoted market prices
or, if no quotes  are  available,  on the rate and term of the  security  and on
information  about the issuer.  For fixed rat loans or deposits and for variable
rate loans or deposits with infrequent  repricing or repricing limits,  the fair
value is estimated by discounted  cash flow analysis  using current market rates
for the  estimated  life and credit  risk.  Fair values for  impaired  loans are
estimated using discounted cash flow analyses or underlying  collateral  values,
where  applicable.  Fair  value  of loans  held  for  sale is  based  on  market
estimates. Fair value of mortgage servicing rights is estimated using discounted
cash flows based on current market interest  rates.  The fair value of long-term
borrowings is based on currently available rates for similar financing. The fair
value of other financial  instruments and  off-balance-sheet  items  approximate
cost and are not considered significant to this presentation.

The estimated year-end fair values of financial instruments were:
<TABLE>
                                                          1 9 9 9                              1 9 9 8
                                                          -------                              -------
                                              Carrying                            Carrying
                                              Amount           Fair Value         Amount            Fair Value
                                              ------           ----------         ------            ----------
                                                 Financial assets:
                                                 -----------------
<S>                                         <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>
Cash and cash equivalents                   $     9,509,898    $    9,510,000     $   18,701,514    $    18,702,000
Securities available for sale                    23,024,175        23,024,000         29,418,472         29,419,000
Stock in Federal Home Loan Bank                   2,503,700         2,504,000          2,503,700          2,504,000
Stock in Federal Reserve Bank                       360,000           360,000            360,000            360,000
Loans, net                                      192,720,533       192,344,000        156,271,847        156,047,000
Loans held for sale                                 758,651           759,000          2,864,345          2,864,000
Accrued interest receivable                       1,576,279         1,576,000          1,694,135          1,694,000
Mortgage servicing rights                         1,335,419         1,335,000          1,098,116          1,098,000

Financial liabilities:

Demand and savings deposits                 $  (112,545,250)   $ (112,545,000)    $ (108,184,976)   $  (108,185,000)
Time deposits                                   (86,661,159)      (87,189,000)       (77,705,975)       (78,265,000)
Short-term borrowings                           (10,323,884)      (10,324,000)        (4,154,069)        (4,154,000)
Long-term borrowings                             (5,852,870)       (5,859,000)        (6,471,545)        (6,580,000)
</TABLE>

                                   (Continued)

                                      -64-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998


NOTE 15 - REGULATORY MATTERS

Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital  requirements
administered  by federal  banking  agencies.  Capital  adequacy  guidelines and,
additionally  for  banks,   prompt   corrective   action   regulations   involve
quantitative  measures of assets,  liabilities,  and  certain  off-balance-sheet
items  calculated  under regulatory  accounting  practices.  Capital amounts and
classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure
to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action.

Prompt  corrective  action  regulations  provide  five   classifications:   well
capitalized,    adequately    capitalized,    undercapitalized,    significantly
undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized,  although these terms are not
used to  represent  overall  financial  condition.  If  adequately  capitalized,
regulatory   approval   is   required   to   accept   brokered   deposits.    If
undercapitalized,  capital  distributions  are  limited,  as is asset growth and
expansion, and plans for capital restoration are required.

The Company and Bank were  categorized as well  capitalized at year-end.  Actual
and required capital levels (in millions) and ratios were:
<TABLE>
                                                                                                 Minimum Required
                                                                                                    To Be Well
                                                                       Minimum Required              Capitalized
                                                                         For Capital          Under Prompt Corrective
                                                  Actual               Adequacy Purposes        Action Regulations
                                             Amount      Ratio          Amount      Ratio       Amount       Ratio
1999
<S>                                          <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
   Consolidated                              $ 25.0      12.3%        $  16.2     8.0%          $ 20.3       10.0%
   Bank                                      $ 24.3      12.1%           16.1     8.0%            20.1       10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
   Consolidated                              $ 22.4      11.1%           8.1      4.0%            12.2       6.0%
   Bank                                      $ 21.7      10.8%           8.0      4.0%            12.1       6.0%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
   Consolidated                              $ 22.4       9.6%           9.4      4.0%            11.7       5.0%
   Bank                                      $ 21.7       9.3%           9.3      4.0%            11.7       5.0%

1998

Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
   Consolidated                              $ 24.3      13.8%        $  14.1     8.0%          $ 17.6       10.0%
   Bank                                      $ 23.0      13.1%        $  14.1     8.0%          $ 17.6       10.0%
Tier 1 capital (to risk weighted assets)
   Consolidated                              $ 22.1      12.6%        $  7.0      4.0%          $ 10.6       6.0%
   Bank                                      $ 21.0      11.8%        $  7.0      4.0%          $ 10.6       6.0%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)
   Consolidated                              $ 22.1       9.9%        $  9.0      4.0%          $ 11.2       5.0%
   Bank                                      $ 21.0       9.3%        $  8.9      4.0%          $ 11.1       5.0%
</TABLE>

                                   (Continued)

                                      -65-
<PAGE>
                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           December 31, 1999 and 1998



NOTE 16 - RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging Activities,  as
amended by SFAS No.  137,  requires  derivative  instruments  be carried at fair
value  on the  balance  sheet.  The  statement  continues  to  allow  derivative
instruments to be used to hedge various risks and sets forth  specific  criteria
to be used to determine  when hedge  accounting  can be used. The statement also
provides  for  offsetting  changes  in fair  value  or cash  flows  of both  the
derivative and the hedged asset or liability to be recognized in earnings in the
same period;  however, any changes in fair value or cash flow that represent the
ineffective  portion of a hedge are  required to be  recognized  in earnings and
cannot be deferred.  For  derivative  instruments  not  accounted for as hedges,
changes in fair value are required to be recognized in earnings.

The adoption of SFAS No. 133 as amended becomes  effective  beginning January 1,
2001 and is not expected to have a material  impact on the  Company's  financial
position or results of operations.



                                   (Continued)

                                      -66-
<PAGE>
Item 14.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
          Financial Disclosure.

     There has been no in change independent  accounting firms,  retained by the
Company to audit its consolidated  financial statements,  in the two most recent
fiscal years.

Item 15.  Financial Statements and Exhibits.

     A.   The following financial statements of the Company are filed as part of
          this Registration Statement:
          1.   Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1999 and 1998.
          2.   Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended
               December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.
          3.   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders Equity for the
               years ended December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.
          4.   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
               December 31, 1999, 1998 and 1997.
          5.   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

     B.   The exhibits  listed  on  the  exhibit index at page 69 are filed as a
          part of this Registration Statement.



                                      -67-
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Form 10  Registration  Statement to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                             LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.


                                             By /s/ Patrick K. Gill
                                                Patrick K. Gill, President

Date:  April 28, 2000



                                      -68-
<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit                            Description                          Page No.

3.1       Articles of Incorporation of Lenawee Bancorp, Inc., as amended

3.2       Bylaws of Lenawee Bancorp., Inc., as amended

4         Form of Registrant's Stock Certificate

10.1      Lenawee Bancorp, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as amended

10.2      Employment Agreement dated February 22, 1999, and amended February 22,
          2000, between Bank of Lenawee and Patrick K. Gill

10.3      Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement dated December 19, 1997,
          between Bank of Lenawee and Allan W. Brittain

10.4      Consulting Agreement dated January 1, 1998, between Bank of Lenawee
          and Allan W. Brittain

21        Subsidiaries of Registrant

27        Financial Data Schedule



                                      -69-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.1


                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
                                  (AS AMENDED)

                                       OF

                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.


     The following Articles of Incorporation are executed by the undersigned for
the purpose of forming a profit  corporation  pursuant to the  provisions of Act
284, Public Acts of 1972, as amended:

                                    ARTICLE I

     The name of the Corporation is Lenawee Bancorp, Inc.


                                   ARTICLE II

     The purpose,  or  purposes,  for which the  Corporation  is organized is to
engage in the business of a bank holding company to be registered under the Bank
Holding Company Act of 1956, being 12 U.S.C.  sections 1841 to 1850 and, without
in any way being limited by the  foregoing  specific  purpose,  to engage in any
activity within the purposes for which  corporations  may be organized under the
Business Corporation Act of Michigan.


                                   ARTICLE III

     The total authorized capital stock is 3,000,000 shares of a single class of
common stock. Each such share shall be equal to every other such share.


                                   ARTICLE IV

     The  address of the  initial  registered  office is 135 E.  Maumee  Street,
Adrian,  Michigan 49221. The mailing address is Box 486, Adrian, Michigan 49221.
The name of the initial resident agent is Allan F. Brittain.


                                    ARTICLE V

     When a  compromise  or  arrangement,  or a plan  of  reorganization  of the
Corporation, is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors, or any class
of them, or between the Corporation and its shareholders,  or any class of them,
a court of equity jurisdiction within the

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
state, on application of the Corporation,  a creditor or shareholder thereof, or
a receiver appointed for the Corporation,  may order a meeting of the creditors,
or class of creditors, or of the shareholders,  or class of shareholders,  to be
affected by the  proposed  compromise,  arrangement,  or  reorganization,  to be
summoned  in  such  manner  as  the  court  directs.  If a  majority  in  number
representing  three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors,  or
of the shareholders to be affected by the proposed compromise,  arrangement,  or
reorganization,  agree to a compromise or arrangement or to a reorganization  of
the  Corporation  as  a  consequence  of  the  compromise  or  arrangement,  the
compromise or arrangement and the reorganization,  if sanctioned by the court to
which the  application  has been made,  shall be binding on all the creditors or
class of creditors,  or on all the  shareholders or class of  shareholders,  and
also on the Corporation.


                                   ARTICLE VI

     No  director  of  the  Corporation   shall  be  personally  liable  to  the
Corporation  or any of its  shareholders  for  monetary  damages for a breach of
fiduciary  duty as a director.  However,  this Article VI shall not eliminate or
limit the  liability of a director  for any breach of duty,  act or omission for
which the  elimination  or  limitation  of  liability  is not  permitted  by the
Michigan  Business  Corporation Act, as amended from time to time. No amendment,
alteration,  modification, repeal or adoption of any provision in these Articles
of  Incorporation  inconsistent  with this  Article  VI shall have any effect to
increase the  liability of any director of the  Corporation  with respect to any
act or omission of such director occurring prior to such amendment,  alteration,
modification, repeal or adoption.


                                   ARTICLE VII

     Directors and executive officers of the Corporation shall be indemnified as
of right to the fullest  extent now or hereafter  permitted by law in connection
with any actual or threatened civil,  criminal,  administrative or investigative
action,  suit  or  proceeding  (whether  brought  by  or  in  the  name  of  the
Corporation, a subsidiary or otherwise) in which a director or executive officer
is a witness or which is brought against a director or executive  officer in his
or her  capacity as a director,  officer,  employee,  agent or  fiduciary of the
Corporation or of any corporation,  partnership,  joint venture, trust, employee
benefit plan or other  enterprise  which the  director or executive  officer was
serving at the  request of the  Corporation.  Persons who are not  directors  or
executive officers of the Corporation may be similarly indemnified in respect of
such service to the extent  authorized  at any time by the Board of Directors of
the Corporation.  The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance to protect
itself and any such  director,  executive  officer or other  person  against any
liability  asserted  against him or her and incurred by him or her in respect of
such service  whether or not the  Corporation  would have the power to indemnify
him or her  against  such  liability  by law or  under  the  provisions  of this
Article. The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to actions, suits or
proceedings,  arising from acts or omissions occurring after the filing of these
Articles  of  Incorporation  with  the  Corporation  Division  of  the  Michigan
Department of Commerce,  and to directors,  executive officers and other persons
who have  ceased to render such  service,  and shall inure to the benefit of the
heirs,  executors and  administrators of the directors,  executive  officers and
other  persons  referred to in this  Article.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
The right of indemnity  provided pursuant to this Article shall not be exclusive
and the Corporation may provide  indemnification  to any person, by agreement or
otherwise,  on such terms and  conditions as the Board of Directors may approve.
Any agreement for indemnification of any director,  executive officer,  employee
or other  person may provide  indemnification  rights  which are broader than or
otherwise  different  from those set forth in, or  provided  pursuant  to, or in
accordance with, this Article. Any amendment, alteration,  modification,  repeal
or adoption of any provision in the Articles of Incorporation  inconsistent with
this  Article  VII shall  not  adversely  affect  any  indemnification  tight or
protection of a director or executive officer of the Corporation existing at the
time of such amendment, alteration, modification, repeal or adoption.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     Section 1.  Authority  and Size of Board.  The  business and affairs of the
Corporation  shall  be  managed  by or  under  the  direction  of the  Board  of
Directors.  The number of directors of the Corporation that shall constitute the
Board of Directors shall be determined  from time to time by resolution  adopted
by the affirmative vote of:

     A.       At least eighty percent (80%) of the Board of Directors, and

     B.       A majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined).

     Section 2.  Classification  of Board and Filling of  Vacancies.  Subject to
applicable  law, the  directors  shall be divided  into three (3) classes,  each
class to be as  nearly  equal in  number  as  possible.  The term of  office  of
directors of the first class shall expire at the annual meeting of  shareholders
to be held in 1993 and until their  respective  successors  are duly elected and
qualified or their  resignation  or removal.  The term of office of directors of
the second class shall expire at the annual meeting of  shareholders  to be held
in 1994 and until their respective  successors are duly elected and qualified or
their resignation or removal. The term of office of directors of the third class
shall expire at the annual meeting of  shareholders to be held in 1995 and until
their respective  successors are duly elected and qualified or their resignation
or removal.  Subject to the foregoing,  at each annual meeting of  shareholders,
commencing at the annual meeting to be held in 1993, the successors to the class
of directors  whose term shall then expire shall be elected to hold office for a
term expiring at the third succeeding  annual meeting and until their successors
shall be duly  elected  and  qualified  or their  resignation  or  removal.  Any
vacancies  in the Board of  Directors  for any  reason,  and any  newly  created
directorships  resulting  from any increase in the number of  directors,  may be
filled  only by the  Board of  Directors,  acting  by an  affirmative  vote of a
majority of the  Continuing  Directors  (as  hereinafter  defined) and an eighty
percent  (80%)  majority of all of the directors  then in office,  although less
than a quorum,  and any  director  so chosen  shall hold  office  until the next
election of the class for which the director was chosen and until his  successor
shall be duly elected and qualified or his  resignation or removal.  No decrease
in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
     Section 3. Removal of Directors.  Notwithstanding  any other  provisions of
these  Articles  of   Incorporation  or  the  Bylaws  of  the  Corporation  (and
notwithstanding  the fact that some lesser percentage may be specified by law or
by these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation), any one or
more directors of the  Corporation  may be removed at any time,  with or without
cause,  but  only by  either  (i) the  affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the
Continuing Directors and at least eighty percent (80%) of the Board of Directors
or (ii) the affirmative  vote, at a meeting of the shareholders  called for that
purpose,  of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of
the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock") voting together as a
single class.

     Section 4. Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Article VIII:

          A. A "person" shall mean any  individual,  firm,  corporation or other
     entity.

          B.  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall mean any person  (other  than the
     Corporation,  any Subsidiary or the Incorporator of the Corporation, or any
     person who is or was the  beneficial  owner of ten percent (10%) or more of
     the  Common  Stock of the Bank of  Lenawee  or any person who is or was the
     beneficial  owner of ten percent  (10%) or more of the Common  Stock of the
     Corporation prior to the acquisition of the Bank of Lenawee) who or which:

               (i) is the  beneficial  owner,  directly  or  indirectly,  of ten
          percent  (10%) or more of the voting power of the  outstanding  Voting
          Stock; or

               (ii) is an  Affiliate of the  Corporation  and at any time within
          the two-year period  immediately prior to the date in question was the
          beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more
          of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

               (iii) is an assignee of or has otherwise  succeeded to any shares
          of voting  Stock  which were at any time  within the  two-year  period
          immediately  prior to the date in question  beneficially  owned by any
          Interested  Shareholder,  if such assignment or succession  shall have
          occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions  not
          involving a public  offering  within the meaning of the Securities Act
          of 1933.

          C. A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

               (i) which such person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates (as
          hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

               (ii) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has
          (a)  the  right  to  acquire   (whether  such  right  is   exercisable
          immediately  or only  after  the  passage  of time),  pursuant  to any
          agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  or upon  the  exercise  of
          conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
          otherwise,  or (b)  the  right  to  vote  pursuant  to any  agreement,
          arrangement or understanding; or

               (iii) which are beneficially  owned,  directly or indirectly,  by
          any other  person with which such person or any of its  Affiliates  or
          Associates has any agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  for the
          purpose of  acquiring,  holding,  voting or disposing of any shares of
          Voting Stock.

          D. For the purposes of  determining  whether a person is an Interested
     Shareholder pursuant to paragraph B of this Section 4, the number of shares
     of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned
     through  application of paragraph C of this Section 4 but shall not include
     any other  shares of Voting  Stock  which may be  issuable  pursuant to any
     agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding,  or upon exercise of conversion
     rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

          E.  "Affiliate"  or  "Associate"  shall have the  respective  meanings
     ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General  Rules and  Regulations
     under the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on the date these
     Articles of  Incorporation  are filed with the Corporation  Division of the
     Michigan Department of Commerce.

          F. "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class
     of equity security is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the  Corporation;
     provided,  however,  that for the purposes of the  definition of Interested
     Shareholder  set  forth  in  paragraph  B  of  this  Section  4,  the  term
     "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a  corporation  of which a  majority  of each
     class  of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the
     Corporation.

          G.  "Continuing  Director"  means  each  member of the first  Board of
     Directors of the Corporation  (the "Board") and any member of the Board who
     is  unaffiliated  with the Interested  Shareholder  and was a member of the
     Board  prior  to  the  time  that  the  Interested  Shareholder  became  an
     Interested  Shareholder,  and any successor of a Continuing Director who is
     unaffiliated with the Interested  Shareholder and is recommended to succeed
     a Continuing  Director by a majority of  Continuing  Directors  then on the
     Board.

     Section 5. Powers of  Continuing  Directors.  A majority of the  Continuing
Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine,  on the
basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary
to determine compliance with this Article VIII, including without limitation (i)
whether  a person is an  Interested  Shareholder,  (ii) the  number of shares of
Voting Stock  beneficially  owned by any person and (iii) whether a person is an
Affiliate  or  Associate  of  another;  and the good  faith  determination  of a
majority of the  Continuing  Directors on such matters shall be  conclusive  and
binding for all the purposes of this Article VIII.

     Section 6. Amendment,  Repeal, etc. Notwithstanding any other provisions of
these  Articles  of   Incorporation  or  the  Bylaws  of  the  Corporation  (and
notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, these
Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
Corporation),  the  affirmative  vote of the holders of eighty  percent (80%) or
more of the then  outstanding  Voting Stock,  voting together as a single class,
shall be required to amend,  repeal or adopt any  provisions  inconsistent  with
this Article VIII of these Articles of Incorporation;  provided,  however,  that
the  preceding  provisions  of this  Section  6 shall not be  applicable  to any
amendment  to this  Article VIII of these  Articles of  Incorporation,  and such
amendment shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law and any
other  provisions of these Articles of  Incorporation,  if such amendment  shall
have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                       BOARD EVALUATION OF CERTAIN OFFERS

     Section  1.  Matters  to be  Evaluated.  The  Board  of  Directors  of this
Corporation  shall not approve,  adopt or  recommend  any offer of any person or
entity,  other than the Corporation,  to make a tender or exchange offer for any
capital stock of the  Corporation,  to merge or consolidate the Corporation with
any other entity or to purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of
the  assets  or  business  of the  Corporation  unless  and  until  the Board of
Directors  shall have first  evaluated the offer and  determined  that the offer
would be in  compliance  with all  applicable  laws and that the offer is in the
best interests of the Corporation and its  shareholders.  In connection with its
evaluation as to compliance  with laws, the Board of Directors may seek and rely
upon an opinion of legal  counsel  independent  from the offeror and it may test
such  compliance  with laws in any state or federal court or before any state or
federal  administrative  agency  which  may have  appropriate  jurisdiction.  In
connection  with its evaluation as to the best interests of the  Corporation and
its  shareholders,  the Board of Directors  shall  consider all factors which it
deems relevant,  including without limitation:  (i) the adequacy and fairness of
the  consideration  to be received by the  Corporation  and/or its  shareholders
under the  offer  considering  historical  trading  prices of the  Corporation's
stock,  the price that might be achieved in a negotiated sale of the Corporation
as a whole,  premiums  over trading  prices which have been  proposed or offered
with respect to the securities of other companies in the past in connection with
similar offers and the future  prospects for this  Corporation and its business;
(ii) the potential  social and economic impact of the offer and its consummation
on this  Corporation,  its  employees,  customers  and  vendors;  and  (iii) the
potential  social and economic  impact of the offer and its  consummation on the
communities  in  which  the  Corporation  and any  subsidiaries  operate  or are
located.

     Section 2. Amendment.  Repeal, etc.  Notwithstanding any other provision of
these Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation to the contrary
(and  notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law,
these  Articles  of  Incorporation  or  the  Bylaws  of  the  Corporation),  the
affirmative  vote  of the  holders  of  eighty  percent  (80%)  or  more  of the
outstanding  shares  of  capital  stock  entitled  to vote for the  election  of
directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal
or adopt any provision  inconsistent  with this Article IX;  provided,  however,
that this Article IX shall be of no force or effect if the  proposed  amendment,
repeal or other  action has been  recommended  for  approval by at least  eighty
percent (80%) of all directors then holding office.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE X

                        APPROVAL OF BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

     The shareholder vote required to approve Business Combinations (hereinafter
defined) shall be as set forth in this Article X.

     Section 1.  Higher  Vote for  Business  Combinations.  In  addition  to any
affirmative vote required bylaw or these Articles of  Incorporation,  and except
as otherwise expressly provided in Section 3 of this Article X:

          A. any merger or  consolidation  of the  Corporation or any Subsidiary
     (as   hereinafter   defined)  with  (i)  any  Interested   Shareholder  (as
     hereinafter  defined) or (ii) any other corporation  (whether or not itself
     an Interested  Shareholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation
     would  be,  an  Affiliate  (as   hereinafter   defined)  of  an  Interested
     Shareholder; or

          B. any sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,  transfer or other
     disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions in any 12-month
     period)  to or with any  Interested  Shareholder  or any  Affiliate  of any
     Interested  Shareholder of any assets of the  Corporation or any Subsidiary
     having,  measured at the time the transaction or transactions  are approved
     by the board of directors  of the  Corporation,  an  aggregate  Fair Market
     Value as of the end of the Corporation's most recently ended fiscal quarter
     of 10% or more of its net worth; or

          C. the issuance or transfer by the  Corporation  or any Subsidiary (in
     one transaction or a series of  transactions)  of any equity  securities of
     the  Corporation  or any Subsidiary  (or any  securities  convertible  into
     equity  securities of the  Corporation or any Subsidiary) to any Interested
     Shareholder  or any Affiliate of an Interested  Shareholder in exchange for
     cash,  securities or other  property (or a combination  thereof)  having an
     aggregate  Fair Market Value of 5% or more of the total market value of the
     outstanding shares of the Corporation; or

          D.  the  adoption  of any  plan or  proposal  for the  liquidation  or
     dissolution  of the  Corporation  proposed by or on behalf of an Interested
     Shareholder  or any Affiliate of any  Interested  Shareholder,  or in which
     anything  other than cash will be received by an Interested  Shareholder or
     any Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder; or

          E. any  reclassification  of securities  (including  any reverse stock
     split),  or  recapitalization   of  the  Corporation,   or  any  merger  or
     consolidation  of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other
     transaction  (whether  or not  with  or  into  or  otherwise  involving  an
     Interested  Shareholder) which has the effect,  directly or indirectly,  of
     increasing the proportionate  share of the outstanding  shares of any class
     of equity or  convertible  securities of the  Corporation or any Subsidiary
     which is directly or indirectly owned by any Interested  Shareholder or any
     Affiliate of any Interested Shareholder; shall require the affirmative vote
     of the holders of at least ninety percent

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
     (90%) of the voting power of the then  outstanding  shares of capital stock
     of the Corporation  entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
     (the "Voting  Stock"),  voting  together as a single  class,  including the
     affirmative  vote of the holders of not less than  two-thirds  (2/3) of the
     outstanding Voting Stock not owned directly or indirectly by any Interested
     Shareholder  or an Affiliate or  Associate of the  Interested  Shareholder.
     Such  affirmative vote shall be required  notwithstanding  the fact that no
     vote may be required, or that a lesser percentage may be specified, by law,
     in any other Article of these Articles of Incorporation or in any agreement
     with any national securities exchange or otherwise.

     Section  2.  Definition  of  "Business  Combination."  The  term  "Business
Combination"  as used in this  Article  X shall  mean any  transaction  which is
referred to in any one or more of paragraphs A through E of Section 1.

     Section 3. When Higher Vote is Not Required. The provisions of Section 1 of
this Article X shall not be applicable to any particular  Business  Combination,
and such Business  Combination  shall require only such  affirmative  vote as is
required by law and any other provision of these Articles of  Incorporation,  if
in the case of a Business  Combination  that does not  involve any cash or other
consideration  being received by the Shareholders of the Corporation,  solely in
their  capacities  as  Shareholders,  the  condition  specified in the following
paragraph A is met,  or if in the case of any other  Business  Combination,  the
conditions specified in either of the following paragraphs A or B are met

          A. Approval by Continuing  Directors.  The Business  Combination shall
     have  been  approved  by  a  majority  of  the  Continuing   Directors  (as
     hereinafter defined).

          B. Price and Procedure  Requirements.  All of the following shall have
     been met:

               (i) The  aggregate  amount of the cash and the Fair Market  Value
          (as  hereinafter  defined) as of the date of the  consummation  of the
          Business  Combination (the  "Consummation  Date") of the consideration
          other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in
          such  Business  Combination  shall be an amount at least  equal to the
          higher of the following (it being  intended that the  requirements  of
          this  paragraph  B(i) shall be required to be met with  respect to all
          shares of Common  Stock  outstanding,  whether  or not the  Interested
          Shareholder has previously acquired any shares of the Common Stock):

                    (a) the  highest per share price  (including  any  brokerage
               commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by
               the  Interested  Shareholder  for  any  shares  of  Common  Stock
               acquired by it (1) within the two-year period  immediately  prior
               to the first public  announcement of the proposal of the Business
               Combination (the  "Announcement  Date") or (2) in the transaction
               in  which it  became  an  Interested  Shareholder,  whichever  is
               higher, pins, interest compounded annually from the date on which
               the Interested Shareholder became an

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
               Interested Shareholder through the Consummation Date at the prime
               rate  of  interest  of   Citibank,   NA.  (or  other  major  bank
               headquartered  in New York City  selected  by a  majority  of the
               Continuing  Directors)  from  time to time in  effect in New York
               City,  less the aggregate  amount of any cash dividends paid, and
               the Fair Market Value of any  dividends  paid in other than cash,
               per share of Common  Stock from the date on which the  Interested
               Shareholder   became  an  Interested   Shareholder   through  the
               Consummation Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount
               of such interest payable per share of Common Stock; or

                    (b) the Fair Market  Value per share of Common  Stock on the
               Announcement  Date  or the  Determination  Date  (as  hereinafter
               defined), whichever is higher.

               (ii) The  consideration  to be received by holders of outstanding
          Voting  Stock  shall be in cash or in the same form as the  Interested
          Shareholder  has  previously  paid for shares of Voting Stock.  If the
          Interested  Shareholder  has paid for  shares  of  Voting  Stock  with
          varying forms of  consideration,  the form of  consideration  for such
          Voting  Stock  shall be either  cash or the form used to  acquire  the
          largest number of shares of Voting Stock previously acquired by it.

               (iii) After such Interested  Shareholder has become an Interested
          Shareholder   and  prior  to  the   consummation   of  such   Business
          Combination:  (a) there shall have been (1) no reduction in the annual
          rate of  dividends  paid on the Common  Stock  (except as necessary to
          reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock),  except as approved by a
          majority  of the  Continuing  Directors,  and (2) an  increase in such
          annual rate of dividends as necessary to reflect any  reclassification
          (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization,  reorganization
          or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number
          of  outstanding  shares of the Common Stock,  unless the failure so to
          increase such annual rate is approved by a majority of the  Continuing
          Directors;  and (b) such Interested  Shareholder shall have not become
          the beneficial  owner of any additional  shares of Voting Stock except
          as  part  of  the   transaction   which  results  in  such  Interested
          Shareholder becoming an Interested Shareholder.

               (iv) After such  Interested  Shareholder has become an Interested
          Shareholder,  such Interested  Shareholder shall not have received the
          benefit,   directly  or  indirectly   (except   proportionately  as  a
          Shareholder),  of any loans,  advances,  guarantees,  pledges or other
          financial  assistance  or any tax  credits  or  other  tax  advantages
          provided by the Corporation.

               (v) A proxy or  information  statement  describing  the  proposed
          Business  Combination  and  complying  with  the  requirements  of the
          Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  and  the  rules  and  regulations
          thereunder (or any subsequent  provisions replacing such Act, rules or
          regulations) shall be mailed to all Shareholders of the Corporation at
          least 30 days prior to the Consummation

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
          Date (whether or not such proxy or  information  statement is required
          to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions).

               (vi)  There   shall  have   elapsed   five  (5)  years  from  the
          Determination Date to the Consummation Date.

     Section 4. Certain Definitions. For the purpose of this Article X:

          A. A "person" shall mean any  individual,  firm,  Corporation or other
     entity.

          B.  "Interested  Shareholder"  shall mean any person  (other  than the
     Corporation,  any Subsidiary or the Incorporator of the Corporation, or any
     person who is or was the  beneficial  owner of ten percent (10%) or more of
     the  Common  Stock of the Bank of  Lenawee  or any person who is or was the
     beneficial  owner of ten percent  (10%) or more of the Common  Stock of the
     Corporation  prior  to  the  acquisition  of the  Bank  of  Lenawee  by the
     Corporation) who or which:

               (i) is the  beneficial  owner,  directly  or  indirectly,  of ten
          percent  (10%) or more of the voting power of the  outstanding  Voting
          Stock; or

               (ii) is an  Affiliate of the  Corporation  and at any time within
          the two-year period  immediately prior to the date in question was the
          beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent (10%) or more
          of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock; or

               (iii) is an assignee of or has otherwise  succeeded to any shares
          of Voting  Stock  which were at any time  within the  two-year  period
          immediately  prior to the date in question  beneficially  owned by any
          Interested  Shareholder,  if such assignment or succession  shall have
          occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions  not
          involving a public  offering  within the meaning of the Securities Act
          of 1933.

          C. A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of any Voting Stock:

               (i) which such person or any of its  Affiliates or Associates (as
          hereinafter defined) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or

               (ii) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has
          (a)  the  right  to  acquire   (whether  such  right  is   exercisable
          immediately  or only  after  the  passage  of time),  pursuant  to any
          agreement,  arrangement  or  understanding  or upon  the  exercise  of
          conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise,
          or (b)the  right to vote  pursuant to any  agreement,  arrangement  or
          understanding; or

               (iii) which are beneficially  owned,  directly or indirectly,  by
          any other person with which such  person or any of its  Affiliates  or
          Associates has any

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
          agreement,  arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring,
          holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock.

          D. For the purposes of  determining  whether a person is an Interested
     Shareholder pursuant to paragraph B of this Section 4, the number of shares
     of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding  shall include shares deemed owned
     through  application of paragraph C of this Section 4 but shall not include
     any other  shares of Voting  Stock  which may be  issuable  pursuant to any
     agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion
     rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.

          E.  "Affiliate"  or  "Associate"  shall have the  respective  meanings
     ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General  Rules and  Regulations
     under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as in effect on the date of
     filing of these Articles of Incorporation with the Corporation  Division of
     the Michigan Department of Commerce.

          F. "Subsidiary" means any Corporation of which a majority of any class
     of equity security is owned,  directly or indirectly,  by the  Corporation;
     provided,  however,  that for the purposes of the  definition of Interested
     Shareholder  set  forth  in  paragraph  B  of  this  Section  4,  the  term
     "Subsidiary"  shall mean only a  corporation  of which a  majority  of each
     class  of  equity  security  is  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  the
     Corporation.

          G. "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of
     the  Corporation  (the  "Board") who is  unaffiliated  with the  Interested
     Shareholder  and was a member  of the  Board  prior  to the  time  that the
     Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder,  and any successor
     of  a  Continuing   Director  who  is  unaffiliated   with  the  Interested
     Shareholder  and is  recommended  to  succeed a  Continuing  Director  by a
     majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board.

          H. "Fair Market  Value" means:  (i) in the case of stock,  the highest
     closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately  preceding the date
     in  question  of a share of such stock on the  Composite  Tape for New York
     Stock  Exchange-Listed  Stocks,  or,  if such  stock is not  quoted  on the
     Composite  Tape, on the New York Stock  Exchange,  or, if such stock is not
     listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange
     registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is
     listed,  or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange,  the highest
     closing  bid  quotation  with  respect to a share of such stock  during the
     30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of
     Securities Dealers, Inc., Automated Quotations System or any system then in
     use, or if no such  quotations are available,  the fair market value on the
     date in  question of a share of such stock as  determined  by a majority of
     the  Continuing  Directors in good faith;  and (ii) in the case of property
     other than cash or stock,  the fair  market  value of such  property on the
     date in question as determined by a majority of the Continuing Directors in
     good faith.

          I. In the event of any Business  Combination in which the  Corporation
     survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used
     in paragraph

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
     B(i) of  Section 3 of this  Article X shall  include  the  shares of Common
     Stock retained by the holders of such shares.

          J.  "Determination  Date" shall mean the date of which the  Interested
     Shareholder first became an Interested Shareholder.

     Section 5. Powers of  Continuing  Directors.  A majority of the  Continuing
Directors of the Corporation shall have the power and duty to determine,  on the
basis of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary
to determine  compliance with this Article X, including  without  limitation (A)
whether  a person  is an  Interested  Shareholder,  (B) the  number of shares of
Voting  Stock  beneficially  owned by any  person,  (c)  whether  a person is an
Affiliate or Associate of another,  (D) whether the  requirements of paragraph B
of Section 3 have been met with respect to any Business Combination, (E) whether
the assets which are the subject of any Business  Combination  have an aggregate
Fair Market Value of 10% or more of the Corporation's net worth, and (F) whether
the  consideration  to be received for the issuance or transfer of securities by
the  Corporation or any Subsidiary in any Business  Combination has an aggregate
Fair  Market  Value  of 5% or  more  of  the  total  Fair  Market  Value  of the
outstanding  shares of the  Corporation;  and the good faith  determination of a
majority of the  Continuing  Directors on such matters shall be  conclusive  and
binding for all the purposes of this Article X.

     Section 6. No Effect on Fiduciary  Obligations of Interested  Shareholders.
Nothing  contained  in this Article X shall be construed to relieve the Board of
Directors or any Interested Shareholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by
law.

     Section 7. Application of Chapter 7A of Michigan Business  Corporation Act.
The Corporation shall not be governed by Chapter 7A of Act No. 284 of the Public
Acts of  1972,  as  amended,  of the  State of  Michigan,  unless  the  Board of
Directors,  by a majority vote of the Continuing  Directors,  elects to have the
Corporation governed by such Chapter 7A.

     Section 8. Amendment Repeal,  etc.  Notwithstanding any other provisions of
these  Articles  of   Incorporation  or  the  Bylaws  of  the  Corporation  (and
notwithstanding the fact that a lesser percentage may be specified by law, these
Articles of  Incorporation  or the Bylaws of the  Corporation),  the affirmative
vote of the holders of ninety  percent  (90%) or more of the voting power of the
shares of the then outstanding Voting Stock,  voting together as a single class,
including the affirmative  vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3)
of the  Voting  Stock  not  owned  directly  or  indirectly  by  any  Interested
Shareholder,  shall be  required  to  amend,  repeal,  or adopt  any  provisions
inconsistent with this Article X of these Articles of  Incorporation;  provided,
however, that the preceding provisions of this Section 8 shall not be applicable
to any amendment to this Article X of these Articles of Incorporation,  and such
amendment  shall  require  only  affirmative  vote as is required by law and any
other  provisions of these Articles of  Incorporation,  if such amendment  shall
have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors.

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XI

     The name and address of the Incorporator  are: Allan F. Brittain,  135 East
Maumee Street, Adrian, Michigan 49221.



                                      -13-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 3.2


                                     BYLAWS

                                       OF

                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.

                             A Michigan Corporation


                                    ARTICLE I
                                     OFFICES

     1.1 Registered  Office.  The registered  office of the corporation shall be
located at the address  specified  in the Articles of  Incorporation  or at such
other place as may be determined by the Board of Directors if notice  thereof is
filed with the State of Michigan.

     1.2 Other  Offices.  The business of the  corporation  may be transacted at
such locations other than the registered office,  within or outside the State of
Michigan,  as the Board of Directors  may from time to time  determine or as the
business of the corporation may require.

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 CAPITAL SHARES

     2.1 Share Certificates. Certificates representing shares of the corporation
shall be in such form as is  approved  by the Board of  Directors.  Certificates
shall be signed in the name of the  corporation  by the Chairman of the Board of
Directors,  the President or a Vice President, and may also be signed by another
officer  of  the  corporation,  and  shall  be  sealed  with  the  seal  of  the
corporation,  if one is  adopted.  If an officer  who has  signed a  certificate
ceases to be such officer before the certificate is issued,  it may be issued by
the  corporation  with the same effect as if he or she were such  officer at the
date of issue.

     2.2 Replacement of Lost or Destroyed  Certificates.  If a share certificate
is lost or destroyed,  no new certificate shall be issued in place thereof until
the corporation has received such assurances,  representations,  warranties,  or
guarantees  from the  registered  holder as the Board of Directors,  in its sole
discretion,   deems   advisable   and  until  the   corporation   receives  such
indemnification  against  any claim  that may be made on  account of the lost or
destroyed certificate,  or the issuance of any new certificate in place thereof,
including an indemnity  bond in such amount and with such  sureties,  if any, as
the  Board  of  Directors,  in its sole  discretion,  deems  advisable.  Any new
certificate  issued  in  place  of any lost or  destroyed  certificate  shall be
plainly marked "duplicate" upon its face.

     2.3  Transfer  of  Shares;  Shareholder  Records.  Capital  shares  of  the
corporation  shall be transferable  only upon the books of the corporation.  The
old  certificates  shall be  surrendered  to the  corporation by delivery to the
person in charge of the  transfer  books of the  corporation,  or

                                      -1-
<PAGE>
to such other person as the Board of Directors may designate,  properly endorsed
for  transfer  and  the  old  certificates  shall  be  cancelled  before  a  new
certificate is issued.  The corporation shall keep records  containing the names
and addresses of all shareholders,  the number, class, and series of shares held
by each, and the date when they respectively became holders of record thereof at
its registered  office. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in
whose name any share,  right,  or option is  registered as the owner thereof for
all  purposes,  including  voting  and  dividends,  and  shall  not be  bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim, regardless of any notice thereof, except
as may be specifically required by the laws of the State of Michigan.

     2.4 Rules Governing Share  Certificates.  The Board of Directors shall have
the power and  authority  to make such  rules and  regulations  as they may deem
expedient   concerning  the  issue,   transfer,   and   registration   of  share
certificates.

     2.5 Record Date for Share Rights. The Board of Directors may fix in advance
a date not  exceeding  sixty  (60) days  preceding  the date of  payment  of any
dividend or other distribution,  or the date for the allotment of rights, or the
date when any change or conversion  or exchange of capital  shares shall go into
effect, as a record date for the  determination of the shareholders  entitled to
receive  payment  of any  such  dividend  or  other  distribution,  or any  such
allotment  of rights,  or to exercise  rights with  respect to any such  change,
conversion,  or exchange of capital shares and, in such case, only  shareholders
of record on the date so fixed  shall be  entitled  to  receive  payment of such
dividend or other distribution, or allotment of rights, or exercise such rights,
as the case may be,  notwithstanding  the transfer of any shares on the books of
the corporation  after such record date. If the Board of Directors shall fail to
fix a record date,  the record date for the purposes  specified  herein shall be
the  close of  business  on the date on which  the  resolution  of the  Board of
Directors relating thereto is adopted.

     2.6 Dividends. The Board of Directors, in its discretion,  may from time to
time declare and direct  payment of dividends  or other  distributions  upon the
corporation's  outstanding  shares  out of  funds  legally  available  for  such
purposes which may be payable in cash or other property permitted by law.

     In addition to the declaration of dividends or other distributions provided
in the preceding  paragraph of this Section 2.6, the Board of Directors,  in its
discretion,  may from time to time  declare and direct  payment of a dividend in
shares of this corporation,  upon its outstanding shares, in accordance with and
subject to the provisions of the Business Corporation Act of Michigan.

     2.7  Redemption of Control  Shares.  Control  shares  acquired in a control
share acquisition,  with respect to which no acquiring person statement has been
filed with the corporation,  shall, at any time during the period ending 60 days
after the last acquisition of control shares or the power to direct the exercise
of voting  power of  control  shares by the  acquiring  person,  be  subject  to
redemption  by the  corporation.  After an acquiring  person  statement has been
filed with the  corporation  and after the meeting at which the voting rights of
the control shares acquired in a control shares acquisition are submitted to the
shareholders,  the  shares  shall be subject to  redemption  by the  Corporation
unless  the  shares are  accorded  full

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
voting  rights by the  shareholders  as provided in Section 798 of the  Michigan
Business  Corporation Act. Redemptions of shares pursuant to this bylaw shall be
at the fair value of the shares  pursuant to procedures  adopted by the Board of
Directors of the corporation.

     2.8 Control Shares -  Definitions.  The terms  "control  shares,"  "control
share acquisition,"  "acquiring person statement,"  "acquiring person" and "fair
value"  as used in these  bylaws,  shall  have  the  meaning  ascribed  to them,
respectively,  in  Chapter  7B  (known  as  the  Stacey,  Bennett,  and  Randall
Shareholder Equity Act) of the Michigan Business  Corporation Act; however,  for
purposes of these bylaws and for all other  purposes,  the acquisition of shares
of common  stock of the  Corporation  by a person  upon the  conversion  of that
person's  shares  of  common  stock  of  Bank  of  Lenawee  into  shares  of the
Corporation's common stock pursuant to the terms of the consolidation  agreement
between Bank of Lenawee and LSB Bank shall not be deemed to be a "control  share
acquisition,"  and shares of the  corporation's  common stock thus acquired by a
person shall be excluded in determining  whether that person may thereafter have
acquired any "control shares."

                                   ARTICLE III
                                  SHAREHOLDERS

     3.1  Place  of  Meetings.  Meetings  of  shareholders  shall be held at the
registered  office of the corporation or at such other place,  within or outside
the state of Michigan,  as may be  determined  from time to time by the Board of
Directors;  provided, however, that if a shareholders meeting is to be held at a
place  other  than the  registered  office,  the  notice  of the  meeting  shall
designate such place.

     3.2 Annual  Meeting.  Annual  meetings  of  shareholders  for  election  of
directors  and for such other  business as may come before the meeting  shall be
held on the third  Thursday  of April in each  year,  but if such day is a legal
holiday, then the meeting shall be held on the first business day following,  at
such time as may be fixed by the Board of  Directors,  or at such other date and
time within the four (4) months  next  succeeding  the end of the  corporation's
fiscal year as may be  designated  by the Board of  Directors  and stated in the
notice of the meeting.  If the annual meeting is not held on the date specified,
the Board of Directors  shall cause the meeting to be held as soon thereafter as
convenient.

     3.3.  Special  Meetings.  Special meetings of shareholders may be called by
the Chairman of the Board,  the President,  or the Secretary and shall be called
by one of them pursuant to resolution thereof by the Board of Directors, or upon
receipt of a request in writing,  stating the purpose or purposes  thereof,  and
signed by shareholders of record owning a majority of the issued and outstanding
voting shares of the corporation.

     3.4  Record  Date for Notice and Vote.  The Board of  Directors  may fix in
advance a date not more than sixty  (60) nor less than ten (10) days  before the
date of a shareholders meeting as the record date for the purpose of determining
shareholders  entitled to notice of and to vote at the  meeting or  adjournments
thereof or to express  consent or to dissent from a proposal  without a meeting.
If the Board of Directors fails to fix a record date as provided in this Section
3.4, the record date for determination of shareholders  entitled to notice of or
to vote at a

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
shareholders  meeting  shall be the close of business on the day on which notice
is given or, if no notice is given,  the day next preceding the day on which the
meeting is held, and the record date for  determining  shareholders  entitled to
express  consent or to dissent  from a proposal  without a meeting  shall be the
close of business on the day on which the  resolution  of the Board of Directors
relating to the proposal is adopted.

     3.5 Notice of Meetings.  Written notice of the time,  place, and purpose of
any shareholders meeting shall be given to shareholders entitled to vote thereat
not less than ten (10) nor more than  sixty  (60)  days  before  the date of the
meetings.  Such notice may be given either by delivery in person to shareholders
or by mailing such notice to  shareholders at their addresses as the same appear
in the records of the  corporation;  provided,  however,  that  attendance  of a
person at a shareholders meeting, in person or by proxy, constitutes a waiver of
notice of the meeting,  except when the shareholder  attends the meeting for the
express  purpose  of  objecting,  at  the  beginning  of  the  meeting,  to  the
transaction  of any  business  because  the  meeting is not  lawfully  called or
convened.

     3.6 Voting Lists. The  corporation's  officer or the agent having charge of
its share  transfer  books  shall  prepare  and  certify a complete  list of the
shareholders  entitled  to vote at a  shareholders  meeting  or any  adjournment
thereof,  which  list shall be  arranged  alphabetically  within  each class and
series  and shall  show the  address  of,  and  number of shares  held by,  each
shareholder.  The  list  shall  be  produced  at  the  time  and  place  of  the
shareholders  meeting  and be subject to  inspection,  but not  copying,  by any
shareholder at any time during the meeting for the purpose of determining who is
entitled to vote at the meeting. If for any reason the requirements with respect
to the  shareholder  list  specified in this Section 3.6 have not been  complied
with,  any  shareholder,  either  in  person  or by  proxy,  who in  good  faith
challenges the existence of sufficient votes to carry any action at the meeting,
may demand that the meeting be adjourned  and the same shall be adjourned  until
the requirements are complied with;  provided,  however,  that failure to comply
with such  requirements  does not affect the validity of any action taken at the
meeting before such demand is made.

     3.7  Voting.  Except  as may be  otherwise  provided  in  the  Articles  of
Incorporation,  each shareholder entitled to vote at a shareholders  meeting, or
to express consent or dissent without a meeting,  shall be entitled to one vote,
in person or by  written  proxy,  for each share  entitled  to vote held by such
shareholder,  provided,  however,  that no proxy  shall be voted after three (3)
years from its date unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A vote may be
cast  either  orally or in  writing  as  announced  or  directed  by the  person
presiding at the meeting  prior to the taking of the vote.  When an action other
than the election of directors  is to be taken by vote of the  shareholders,  it
shall be  authorized  by a majority  of the votes cast by the  holders of shares
entitled to vote thereon,  unless a greater plurality is required by the express
provisions  of  the  Michigan  Business  Corporation  Act  or  the  Articles  of
Incorporation.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly  required  by the  Articles  of
Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an
election.

     3.8  Quorum.  Except  as may be  otherwise  provided  in  the  Articles  of
Incorporation,  shares  equaling a majority  of all of the voting  shares of the
corporation  issued and  outstanding,  represented in person or by proxy,  shall
constitute  a quorum  at a  meeting.  Meetings  at which

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
less than a quorum is  represented  may be  adjourned by a vote of a majority of
the shares  present  to a future  date  without  further  notice  other than the
announcement  at such  meeting  and,  when a quorum  shall be present  upon such
adjourned date, any business may be transacted  which might have been transacted
at the meeting as originally called.  Shareholders present in person or by proxy
at any  shareholders  meeting may  continue to do  business  until  adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of shareholders to leave less than a quorum.

     3.9  Conduct of  Meetings.  The  officer  who is to preside at  meetings of
shareholders  pursuant  to Article V of these  Bylaws,  or his or her  designee,
shall  determine the agenda and the order in which  business  shall be conducted
unless  the  agenda  and the order of  business  have been fixed by the Board of
Directors. Such officer or designee shall call meetings of shareholders to order
and shall  preside  unless  otherwise  determined by the  affirmative  vote of a
majority of all the voting shares of the corporation issued and outstanding. The
secretary  of  the  corporation  shall  act as  secretary  of  all  meetings  of
shareholders,  but in the absence of the secretary at any shareholders  meeting,
or his or her  inability or refusal to act as secretary,  the presiding  officer
may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

     3.10  Inspector of Elections.  The Board of Directors  may, in advance of a
shareholders  meeting,  appoint one or more  inspectors to act at the meeting or
any adjournment  thereof.  In the event  inspectors are not so appointed,  or an
appointed  inspector  falls  to  appear  or act,  the  person  presiding  at the
shareholders  meeting  may,  and on request of a  shareholder  entitled  to vote
thereat, shall, appoint one or more persons to fill such vacancy or vacancies or
to act as  inspector.  The  inspector(s)  shall  determine  the number of shares
outstanding and the voting power of each, the shares represented at the meeting,
the existence of a quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive
votes, ballots, or consents, hear and determine challenges and questions arising
in connection with the right to vote,  count,  and tabulate votes,  ballots,  or
consents,  determine the results,  and do such acts as are proper to conduct the
election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    DIRECTORS

     4.1 Board of Directors. Except as may otherwise be provided in the Articles
of  Incorporation  or these Bylaws,  the business and affairs of the corporation
shall be managed by a Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors  shall consist
of not less than eight (8) nor more than  fourteen  (14) members who need not be
shareholders.  The Board of  Directors  shall be divided into three (3) classes,
each class to be as nearly  equal in number as  possible.  The term of office of
directors of the first class shall expire at the annual meeting of  shareholders
to be held in 1993 and until their  respective  successors  are duly elected and
qualified or their  resignation  or removal.  The term of office of directors of
the second class shall expire at the annual meeting of  shareholders  to be held
in 1994 and until their respective  successors are duly elected and qualified or
their resignation or removal. The term of office of directors of the third class
shall expire at the annual meeting of  shareholders to be held in 1995 and until
their resignation or removal.  Subject to the foregoing,  at each annual meeting
of  shareholders,  commencing at the annual meeting to be held in 1993, a number
of directors  equal to the number of the class whose term expires at the time of
the meeting  shall be elected to hold office until the third  succeeding

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
annual meeting.  Directors shall serve until their  respective  terms expire and
their successors are elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation or
removal.

     4.2 Nominations for Board. Nominations for the election of directors may be
made by the  Board of  Directors  or by a  shareholder  entitled  to vote in the
election  of  directors.  A  shareholder  entitled  to vote in the  election  of
directors,  however,  may make such a nomination  only if written notice of such
shareholder's  intent to do so has been given, either by personal delivery or by
United States mail,  postage  prepaid,  and received by the corporation (a) with
respect to an  election  to be held at an annual  meeting of  shareholders,  not
later  than  sixty  (60) nor more  than  ninety  (90)  days  prior to the  first
anniversary  of the  preceding  year's  annual  meeting  (or, if the date of the
annual  meeting is changed by more than twenty  (20) days from such  anniversary
date,  within ten (10) days after the date the  corporation  mails or  otherwise
gives notice of the date of such  meeting),  and (b) with respect to an election
to be held at a special  meeting of  shareholders  called for that purpose,  not
later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day  following  the date on
which notice of the special meeting was first mailed to the  shareholders by the
corporation.

     Each  shareholder's  notice of intent to make a nomination shall set forth:
(i) the  name(s)  and  address(es)  of the  shareholder  who intends to make the
nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated;  (ii) a  representation
that the  shareholder  (a) is a holder  of  record  of stock of the  corporation
entitled to vote at such  meeting,  (b) will continue to hold such stock through
the date on which the meeting is held, and (c) intends to appear in person or by
proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons  specified in the notice;
(iii)  a  description  of  all  arrangements  or   understandings   between  the
shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person
or persons)  pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by the  shareholder,
(iv) such other information  regarding each nominee proposed by such shareholder
as would be  required  to be included  in a proxy  statement  filed  pursuant to
Regulation 14A  promulgated  under Section 14 of the Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended, as now in effect or hereafter modified, and (v) the consent of
each  nominee to serve as a  director  of the  corporation  if so  elected.  The
corporation may require any proposed  nominee to furnish such other  information
as may reasonably be required by the corporation to determine the qualifications
of such proposed nominee to serve as a director.

     No person shall be eligible for election as a director unless nominated (i)
by a shareholder in accordance with the foregoing procedure or (ii) by the Board
of Directors.

     4.3 Resignation and Removal. A director may resign by written notice to the
corporation,  which resignation is effective upon its receipt by the corporation
or at a subsequent time as set forth in the notice.

     Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  of these  Bylaws or the Articles of
Incorporation of the corporation (and  notwithstanding the fact that some lesser
percentage  may be  specified  by law or by these  Bylaws or by the  Articles of
Incorporation of the corporation),  any one or more directors of the corporation
may be removed at any time,  with or without  cause,  but only by either (i) the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the  Continuing  Directors (as defined in the
Articles of  Incorporation of the corporation) and at least eighty percent (80%)
of the Board of Directors

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
or (ii) the affirmative  vote, at a meeting of the shareholders  called for that
purpose,  of the holders of at least eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of
the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors voting together as a single class.

     4.4  Retirement  of Directors and  Appointment  of Directors  Emeritus.  No
person shall be eligible for election or  appointment  to the Board of Directors
after he or she has attained the age of sixty-five (65) years. Any person who is
under  the age of  sixty-five  (65)  years  at the  time  of his or her  initial
election or appointment to the Board of Directors may, if re-elected thereafter,
continue to serve  thereon until he or she reaches the age of  seventy-two  (72)
years.  A  director  shall be  automatically  retired  at the date of the annual
meeting  following  the date on which he or she reaches  the age of  seventy-two
(72) years.  Any director who is subject to the foregoing  automatic  retirement
provision and who has reached the age of  seventy-two  (72) years may be elected
to serve as a director-emeritus  by a vote of a majority of the directors at the
annual meeting of the Board of Directors pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Article
following  the annual  meeting  of the  shareholders  at which  such  director's
automatic  retirement  pursuant to this  Section  became  effective.  A director
emeritus  shall  serve a term of one (1) year  expiring  at the next  succeeding
meeting of the Board of Directors  pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Article,  and
may be  re-elected  to a term of one (1) year at each such  meeting.  A director
emeritus  shall be  permitted,  at the  pleasure of the Board of  Directors,  to
attend all meetings of the Board,  participate in discussions and receive copies
of all reports  submitted  to the  directors at or for use at such  meetings.  A
director  emeritus shall not be entitled to vote or have any duties or powers as
a director of the  corporation.  A director  emeritus  shall receive no fees for
directors' meetings.

     4.5  Vacancies  and  Increase  in  Number.  Any  vacancies  in the Board of
Directors for any reason, and any newly created directorships resulting from any
increase  in the  number  of  directors,  may be  filled  only by the  Board  of
Directors,  acting  by an  affirmative  vote  of a  majority  of the  Continuing
Directors (as defined in the Articles of  Incorporation  of the corporation) and
an  eighty  percent  (80%)  majority  of all of the  directors  then in  office,
although less than a quorum,  and any director so chosen shall hold office until
the next  election of the class for which the  director was chosen and until his
successor shall be duly elected and qualified or his resignation or removal.  No
decrease in the number of  directors  shall  shorten  the term of any  incumbent
director.

     4.6 Place of Meetings and Records.  The directors shall hold their meetings
and maintain the minutes of the  proceedings  of meetings of  shareholders,  the
Board of Directors,  and committees of the Board of Directors,  if any, and keep
the books and  records of account for the  corporation  in such place or places,
within or outside the State of Michigan, as the Board of Directors may from time
to time determine.

     4.7 Annual Meetings.  The annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be
held,  without  notice  other  than  this  Section  4.7,  at the same  place and
immediately  after the annual  shareholders  meeting.  If such meeting is not so
held, whether because a quorum is not present or for any other reason, or if the
directors were elected by written consent without a meeting,  the annual meeting
of the Board of  Directors  shall be called  in the same  manner as  hereinafter
provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors.

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
     4.8 Regular  Meetings.  Regular  meetings of the Board of Directors  may be
held  without  notice  at such  time and  place as  shall  from  time to time be
determined by the Board.  Any notice given of a regular meeting need not specify
the business to be transacted or the purpose of the meeting.

     4.9 Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings of the Board of Directors  may be
called by the Chairman of the Board or the  President and shall be called by one
of them on the written request of any five (5) directors,  upon at least two (2)
days written notice to each director,  or twenty-four  (24) hours notice,  given
personally or by telephone or telegram.  The notice does not need to specify the
business to be transacted or the purpose of the special meeting. Attendance of a
director at a special  meeting  constitutes  a waiver of notice of the  meeting,
except where a director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting
at the beginning of the meeting to the  transaction of any business  because the
meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

     4.10 Quorum and Vote. A majority of the members of the Board then in office
constitutes a quorum for the  transaction of business and the vote of a majority
of the members  present at any meeting at which a quorum is present  constitutes
the  action of the Board of  Directors,  unless  the vote of a larger  number is
specifically  required by the Articles of  Incorporation  or these Bylaws.  If a
quorum is not present,  the members present may adjourn the meeting from time to
time and to  another  place,  without  notice  other  than  announcement  at the
meeting, until a quorum is present.

     4.11 Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken
pursuant to  authorization  voted at a meting of the Board of Directors,  or any
committee  thereof,  may be taken  without  a  meeting  if,  before or after the
action,  all  members  of the  Board  of  Directors,  then  in  office,  or such
committee,  consent thereto in writing.  The written consent shall be filed with
the minutes of the  proceedings  of the Board of Directors or committee  and the
consent  shall  have the same  effect  as a vote of the  Board of  Directors  or
committee for all purposes.

     4.12 Report to Shareholders. The Board of Directors shall cause a financial
report  of the  corporation  for  the  preceding  fiscal  year  to be  made  and
distributed to each shareholder  within four months after the end of each fiscal
year.  The report  shall  include the  corporation's  statement  of income,  its
year-end balance sheet,  and, if prepared by the  corporation,  its statement of
source and application of funds.

     4.13  Corporate  Seal.  The Board of  Directors  may  authorize  a suitable
corporate  seal,  which seal shall be kept in the custody of the  Secretary  and
used by the Secretary.

     4.14  Compensation  of Directors.  By resolution of the Board of Directors,
the directors may be paid their  expenses,  if any, of attendance at meetings of
the Board or of any committee of which they are a member. In addition thereto or
in lieu thereof,  as  determined  by  resolution  of the Board of  Directors,  a
director may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board, or
of a committee thereof, or may be paid a stated salary for serving as a director
as well as an  additional  stated  salary for  serving on any  committee  of the
Board.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
     4.15  Committees.  The Board of Directors  may, by  resolution  passed by a
majority of the whole Board,  designate an executive committee consisting of one
or more of the  directors of the  corporation.  At all meetings of the executive
committee,  a majority of the members of the committee shall constitute a quorum
and the act of a majority  of the  members  present at any  executive  committee
meeting at which  there is a quorum  present  shall be the act of the  executive
committee. The executive committee, to the extent provided in said resolution or
in these  Bylaws,  shall  have  and may  exercise  the  powers  of the  Board of
Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the  corporation  and
may authorize the seal of the  corporation to be affixed to all papers which may
require it. The Board may  designate  one or more other  committees  which shall
have such powers and duties as may be  determined by the Board.  All  committees
shall keep  regular  minutes of their  proceedings  and report to the Board when
required.  No committee  shall have the power or authority to amend the Articles
of Incorporation,  adopt an agreement of merger or  consolidation,  recommend to
the shareholders the sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the
corporation's  property and assets,  recommend to the shareholders a dissolution
of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, fill vacancies in the Board
of Directors, fix compensation of the directors for serving on the Board or on a
committee,  amend these Bylaws,  or declare a dividend or authorize the issuance
of shares unless the power to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of
shares is granted  to such  committee  by  specific  resolution  of the Board of
Directors.

     4.16 Meeting  Participation by Use of Communication  Equipment.  Members of
the  Board of  Directors,  or of any  committee  designated  by the  Board,  may
participate in a meeting of the Board or committee, as the case may be, by using
a conferee telephone or similar  communications  equipment by means of which all
persons   participating   in  the  meeting  can  communicate  with  each  other.
Participation  in a meeting  pursuant  to this  Section  4.17  shall  constitute
presence at the meeting.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                    OFFICERS

     5.1  Officers.  The officers of the  corporation  shall be a  president,  a
treasurer,  and a  secretary,  all of whom  shall  be  elected  by the  Board of
Directors.  In addition,  the Board of Directors may elect a chairman and one or
more vice  presidents who shall also be officers of the  corporation if elected.
Each  officer  shall hold  office  until his or her  successor  is  elected  and
qualified  or until  his or her  earlier  resignation  or  removal.  None of the
officers of the  corporation,  other than the chairman,  need be directors.  The
officers  shall be elected at the first meeting of the Board of Directors  after
each annual shareholders meeting. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the
same  person,  but an  officer  shall not  execute,  acknowledge,  or verify any
instrument in more than one capacity if the  instrument is required by law to be
executed, acknowledged, or verified by two (2) or more officers.

     5.2 Other  Officers  and Agents.  The Board of  Directors  may appoint such
other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold their offices
for such terms and shall  exercise  such powers and perform such duties as shall
be  determined  from time to time by the Board of  Directors.  The Board may, by
specific resolution, empower the chairman, the

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
president,  or the executive committee,  if such a committee has been designated
by the Board,  to appoint such  subordinate  officers or agents and to determine
their powers and duties.

     5.3 Removal. The chairman,  president,  any vice president,  secretary, and
treasurer  may be removed at any time,  with or without  cause,  but only by the
affirmative  vote of a majority of the whole Board of  Directors.  Any assistant
secretary or assistant  treasurer,  or  subordinate  officer or agent  appointed
pursuant to Section 5.2, may be removed at any time,  with or without cause,  by
action  of the  Board of  Directors  or by the  committee  or  officer,  if any,
empowered  to  appoint  such  assistant  secretary  or  assistant  treasurer  or
subordinate officer or agent.

     5.4  Compensation  of  Officers.  Compensation  of  officers  for  services
rendered to the corporation shall be established by the Board of Directors.

     5.5 Chairman.  The Chairman of the Board of  Directors,  if one be elected,
shall be elected by the  directors  from among the directors  then serving.  The
Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the  shareholders  and at
all  meetings of the Board of Directors  and shall  perform such other duties as
may be  determined by  resolution  of the Board of Directors  including,  if the
Board  shall  so  determine,  acting  as  the  chief  executive  officer  of the
corporation,  in  which  case  the  Chairman  shall  have  general  supervision,
direction,  and control of the  business of the  corporation  and shall have the
general  powers and duties of  management  usually  vested in or incident to the
office of the chief executive officer of a corporation.

     5.6 President.  Unless the Board shall determine  otherwise,  the President
shall be the chief executive  officer as well as the chief operating  officer of
the corporation and shall have general  supervision,  direction,  and control of
the  business  of the  corporation  as well as the  duty and  responsibility  to
implement and accomplish the  objectives of the  corporation.  In the absence or
nonelection  of a  chairman,  the  president  shall  preside at all  meetings of
shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors.  The president shall
perform such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of Directors.

     5.7 Vice  Presidents.  Each vice president  shall have such power and shall
perform  such  duties as may be assigned  by the Board of  Directors  and may be
designated by such special titles as the Board of Directors shall approve.

     5.8 Treasurer The treasurer  shall have custody of the corporate  funds and
securities   and  shall  keep  full  and   accurate   account  of  receipts  and
disbursements in books belonging to the corporation. The treasurer shall deposit
all money and other  valuables in the name and to the credit of the  corporation
in such depositories as may be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer
shall  disburse the funds of the  corporation  as may be ordered by the Board of
Directors,  or the chief  executive  officer,  taking  proper  vouchers for such
disbursements.  In general,  the treasurer  shall perform all duties incident to
the office of treasurer and such other duties as may be assigned by the Board of
Directors.

     5.9 Secretary.  The secretary shall give or cause to be given notice of all
meetings of shareholders  and directors and all other notices required by law or
by these Bylaws; provided,

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
however,  that in the case of the secretary's  absence, or refusal or neglect to
do so,  any such  notice  may be given by any  person so  directed  by the chief
executive  officer  or by the  directors,  or by  the  shareholders  upon  whose
requisition  the meeting is called,  as provided in these Bylaws.  The secretary
shall  record  all  the  proceedings  of  meetings  of  shareholders  and of the
directors in one or more books  provided for that purpose and shall  perform all
duties  incident  to the office of  secretary  and such  other  duties as may be
assigned by the Board of Directors.

     5.10 Assistant Treasurers and Assistant  Secretaries.  Assistant treasurers
and assistant secretaries, if any shall be appointed, shall have such powers and
shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors
or by the officer or committee who shall have appointed such assistant treasurer
or assistant secretary.

     5.11 Bonds.  If the Board of Directors  shall require,  the treasurer,  any
assistant treasurer, or any other officer or agent of the corporation shall give
bond to the  corporation  in such  amount  and with such  surety as the Board of
Directors may deem sufficient,  conditioned upon the faithful performance of his
or her respective duties and offices.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                     CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS, AND DEPOSITS

     6.1  Contracts.  The Board of  Directors  may  authorize  any  officer,  or
officers, or agent, or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver
any  instrument  in the  name  of and on  behalf  of the  corporation  and  such
authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

     6.2 Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no
evidences of indebtedness  shall be issued in its name,  unless  authorized by a
resolution  of the Board of  Directors.  Such  authorization  may be  general or
confined to specific instances.

     6.3 Checks.  All checks,  drafts, or other orders for the payment of money,
notes, or other evidences of indebtedness  issued in the name of the corporation
shall be  signed by such  office;  or  officers,  or agent,  or  agents,  of the
corporation  and in such  manner  as shall  from time to time be  determined  by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

     6.4 Deposits. All funds of the corporation,  not otherwise employed,  shall
be deposited to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies, or
other depositories as the Board of Directors may select.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     7.1 Fiscal  Year.  The fiscal  year of this  corporation  shall be fixed by
resolution of the Board of Directors.

     7.2 Notices.  Whenever any written notice is required to be given under the
provisions of any law, the Articles of  Incorporation,  or by these  Bylaws,  it
shall not be construed or

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
interpreted to mean personal notice,  unless expressly so stated, and any notice
so  required  shall be  deemed  to be  sufficient  if given in  writing  by mail
depositing  the same in a Post Office box,  postage  prepaid,  addressed  to the
person  entitled  thereto at his or her  address as it appears in the records of
the corporation.  Such notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time and
on the day of such  mailing.  Shareholders  not  entitled  to vote  shall not be
entitled to receive notice of any meetings,  except as otherwise provided by law
or these Bylaws.

     7.3 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the
provisions of any law, the Articles of Incorporation,  or these Bylaws, a waiver
thereof in writing,  signed by the person or persons  entitled  to said  notice,
whether  before or after the time  stated  therein,  shall be deemed  equivalent
thereto.

     7.4 Voting of  Securities.  Securities of another  corporation,  foreign or
domestic,  standing in the name of this corporation,  which are entitled to vote
may be voted,  in person or by proxy,  by the chairman or the  president of this
corporation  or by such other or additional  persons as may be designated by the
Board of Directors.

     7.5  Inconsistencies  with Articles of  Incorporation.  In the event of any
inconsistency  between any  provision of these  Bylaws and any  provision of the
corporation's  Articles of  Incorporation,  the Articles of Incorporation  shall
control.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                 INDEMNIFICATION

     Indemnification  of  directors,  officers  and others  shall be made by the
corporation as provided in the Articles of Incorporation.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                   AMENDMENTS

     These Bylaws may be amended or repealed or new Bylaws adopted by a majority
vote of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting,  without prior
notice  of  intent  to do so, or by vote of the  holders  of a  majority  of the
outstanding voting shares of the corporation at any annual or special meeting if
notice of the proposed amendment, repeal, or adoption is contained in the notice
of the meeting.


As Adopted January 28, 1993
and Amended June 20, 1996

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 4

       NUMBER                                                  SHARES
       ------                                                  ------

                    ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
                                    MICHIGAN


                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.

            Authorized Capital 3,000,000 Shares of NO Par Value Each



This Certifies that ____________________________________________ is the owner of
__________________________________ fully paid  and  non-assessable Shares of the
Capital Stock of the above  named Corporation transferable  only on the books of
the Corporation by the holder hereof in person or by  duly  authorized  Attorney
upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.

In Witness  Whereof,  the said  Corporation  has caused this  Certificate  to be
signed by its duly  authorized  officers and its  Corporate  Seal to be hereunto
affixed this ____________ day of ____________  19_____.


__________________________________                ______________________________
                         SECRETARY                                     PRESIDENT
<PAGE>
                                  CERTIFICATE

                                      for

                             _____________________
                                     SHARES

                                       of

                             LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.



                                   ISSUED TO


                             _____________________
                                     DATED


     For Value Received, ________________, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
________________________________________________________________________________
_________________________________________________________________________ Shares
represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and
appoint _______________________________________________________________ Attorney
to transfer  the said Shares on the books of the within named  Corporation  with
full power of substitution in the premises.

         Dated __________________________ 19_____

         In presence of _______________________________
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.1

                              LENAWEE BANCORP, INC.
                                STOCK OPTION PLAN
                                  (AS AMENDED)



                                    ARTICLE I
                                   Definitions

Section 1.1.  Definitions.  As used herein,  the following  terms shall have the
meaning set forth below, unless the context clearly requires otherwise:

     (a)  "Applicable  Event" shall mean (i) the expiration of a tender offer or
          exchange offer (other than an offer by the Company)  pursuant to which
          more than 50 percent of the Company's issued and outstanding stock has
          been  purchased,  or (ii)  the  approval  by the  shareholders  of the
          Company of an  agreement to merge or  consolidate  the Company with or
          into another entity where the Company is not the surviving  entity, or
          an agreement to sell or otherwise  dispose of all or substantially all
          of the Company's assets (including a plan of liquidation).

     (b)  "Bank" shall mean the Bank of Lenawee.

     (c)  "Committee"  shall mean a Committee  consisting  of the members of the
          Board of Directors of the Company,  who are not  employees of the Bank
          or the Company.

     (d)  "Company" shall mean Lenawee Bancorp, Inc.

     (e)  "Director"  shall  mean a  member  of the  Board of  Directors  of the
          Company and the Bank.

     (f)  "Effective  Date"  with  respect  to the  Plan  shall  mean  the  date
          specified in Section 2.3 as the Effective Date.

     (g)  "Fair  Market  Value" with  respect to a share of Stock shall mean the
          fair market value of the Stock,  as determined by  application of such
          reasonable  valuation  methods as the Committee  shall adopt or apply.
          The Committee's determination of Fair Market Value shall be conclusive
          and binding on the Company and the Optionee.  The Committee shall take
          into account the valuation  performed for the employee stock ownership
          plan  maintained  for the  benefit  of the  employees  of the  Bank of
          Lenawee.

     (h)  "Option"  shall mean an option to purchase  Stock granted  pursuant to
          the  provisions of the Plan.  Options  granted under the Plan shall be
          either  Nonqualifled  Stock  Options or Incentive  Stock  Options.  An
          Incentive
<PAGE>
          Stock Option shall mean an Option to purchase shares of Stock which is
          designated  as an  Incentive  Stock  Option  by the  Committee  and is
          intended  to meet the  requirements  of  Section  422 of the  Internal
          Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended.  Nonqualified  Stock  Options shall
          mean an Option to purchase  shares of Stock which is not an  Incentive
          Stock Option.

     (i)  "Optionee"  shall mean a Director,  officer or employee of the Bank or
          the Company to whom an Option has been granted.

     (j)  "Plan" shall mean the Lenawee  Bancorp,  Inc.  Stock Option Plan,  the
          terms of which are set forth herein.

     (k)  "Plan  Year""  shall mean the twelve  month  period  beginning  on the
          Effective Date, and each twelve month period  thereafter  beginning on
          the anniversary of the Effective Date.

     (1)  "Stock"  shall mean the Common  Stock of the  Company or, in the event
          that the outstanding shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for
          shares of a different stock or securities of the Company or some other
          entity, such other stock or securities.

     (m)  "Stock Option  Agreement" shall mean the agreement between the Company
          and the Optionee  under which the Optionee may purchase Stock pursuant
          to the terms of the Plan.


                                   ARTICLE II
                                    The Plan

Section 2.1. Name. This plan shall be known as the "Lenawee Bancorp,  Inc. Stock
Option Plan."

Section 2.2. Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the
Company and its stockholders by affording to Directors and executive officers of
the Company and the Bank an opportunity to acquire or increase their proprietary
interest in the Company by the grant to such persons of Options  under the terms
set forth herein.  By encouraging  such persons to become owners of the Company,
the Company seeks to attract, motivate, reward and retain those highly competent
individuals upon whose judgment, initiative,  leadership and efforts the success
of the Company depends.

Section  2.3.  Effective  Date and Term.  The Plan was  approved by the Board of
Directors of the Company on January 18, 1996, and shall be effective on February
1, 1996, as approved by a majority of the shareholders of the Company present in
person or by proxy at the meeting of the  shareholders  of the  Company  held on
April 18, 1996. The Plan shall terminate upon the fifth  anniversary of the date
on which it is adopted by the Board of Directors.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III
                                 Administration

Section 3.1.  Administration.

     (a)  The Plan  shall  be  administered  by the  Committee.  Subject  to the
          express  provisions  of  the  Plan,  the  Committee  shall  have  sole
          discretion   and  authority  to  determine   from  time  to  time  the
          individuals  to whom  Options may be granted,  the number of shares of
          Stock to be  subject to each  Option,  the  period  during  which such
          Option may be  exercised,  and the price at which  said  Option may be
          exercised.

     (b)  Meetings  of the  Committee  shall be held at such times and places as
          shall be determined from time to time by the Committee.  A majority of
          the  members  of the  Committee  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for the
          transaction  of business,  and the vote of a majority of those members
          present at any meeting  shall decide any question  brought  before the
          meeting.  In addition,  the  Committee  may take any action  otherwise
          proper  under  the  Plan by the  affirmative  vote,  taken  without  a
          meeting, of a majority of the members.

     (c)  No member of the Committee  shall be liable for any act or omission of
          any other  member of the  Committee  or for any act of omission on his
          own part, including,  but not limited to, the exercise of any power or
          discretion  given to him under the Plan,  except those  resulting from
          his own gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  All  questions  of
          interpretations  and  application  with respect to the Plan or Options
          granted thereunder shall be subject to the determination,  which shall
          be final and binding, of a majority of the whole Committee.

     (d)  In  addition,  the  Committee  shall  have  the  sole  discretion  and
          authority to determine  whether an Option shall be an Incentive  Stock
          Option or a nonqualified  option,  or both types of options,  provided
          that  Incentive  Stock  Options may be granted only to persons who are
          employees of the Company or the Bank.

Section 3.2. Company Assistance.  The Company and the Bank shall supply full and
timely  information  to  the  Committee  on all  matters  relating  to  eligible
employees, their employment, death, retirement,  disability or other termination
of employment,  and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require. The
company and the Bank shall  furnish the  Committee  with such clerical and other
assistance as necessary in the performance of its duties.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                    Optionees

Section 4.1.  Eligibility.  Directors and executive  officers of the Company and
the Bank shall be eligible to  participate  in the Plan. The Committee may grant
Options to any eligible  individual  subject to the  provisions of Section 5.01.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE V
                        Shares of Stock Subject to Plan

Section 5.1.  Grant of Options and Limitations.

     (a)  Initial Plan Year.  For the initial  Plan Year,  the  Committee  shall
          grant  Options  for up to  4000  shares  of  Stock,  according  to the
          following schedule:

          (1)  Each  person  who is a  Director  not  actively  employed  by the
               Company as of the Effective  Date shall  receive  Options for 150
               shares of Stock;

          (2)  The Chairman of the Bank shall receive  Options for 400 shares of
               Stock;

          (3)  The President of the Bank shall receive Options for 100 shares of
               Stock; and

          (4)  Such  other  individuals,  excluding  individuals  identified  in
               Section  5.1(a)(1)(2) and (3), as are designated by the Committee
               shall be eligible to receive  Options for the number of shares of
               Stock  determined by the Committee  provided,  however,  that the
               total number of Options granted shall not exceed 4000.

     (b)  Subsequent  years.  For each  subsequent  Plan Year,  Options shall be
          granted according to the following schedule:

          (1)  Each  person  who is a  Director  not  actively  employed  by the
               Company as of the Effective  Date shall  receive  Options for 150
               shares of Stock;

          (2)  The Chairman of the Bank,  the  President  of the Bank,  and such
               other  individuals  as are  designated by the Committee  shall be
               eligible  to  receive  Options  for the number of shares of Stock
               determined by the Committee.

     (c)  Stock  Available for Options.  Subject to  adjustment  pursuant to the
          provisions of Section 5.3 hereof,  the aggregate number of shares with
          respect to which  Options  may be granted  during the term of the Plan
          shall not exceed  12,000.  Shares with respect to which Options may be
          granted may be either  authorized and unissued shares or shares issued
          and thereafter acquired by the Company.

Section 5.2. Options Under Plan. Shares of Stock with respect to which an Option
granted  hereunder  shall have been  exercised  shall not again be available for
grant  hereunder.  If Options granted  hereunder  shall expire,  terminate or be
cancelled for any reason without being wholly exercised,  new Options may not be
granted hereunder covering the number of shares to which such Option expiration,
termination or cancellation relates.

Section 5.3. Antidilution. The provisions of subsections (a) and (b) shall apply
in the event that the outstanding  shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged
for a different number or kind of

                                       4
<PAGE>
shares or other  securities  of the  Company or another  entity by reason of any
merger,  consolidation,  reorganization,   recapitalization,   reclassification,
combination, stock split or stock dividend.

     (a)  The aggregate  number and kind of shares  subject to Options which may
          be granted hereunder shall be adjusted appropriately.

     (b)  Where  dissolution  or  liquidation  of the  Company  or any merger or
          combination  in  which  the  Company  is not a  surviving  company  is
          involved,  each outstanding Option granted hereunder shall, subject to
          Section 6.8, terminate.

The  foregoing  adjustments  and the  manner  of  application  of the  foregoing
provisions shall be determined solely by the Committee,  and any such adjustment
may provide for the elimination of fractional share interests.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                     OPTIONS

Section 6.1. Option Grant and Agreement.  Each Option granted hereunder shall be
evidenced by minutes of a meeting or the written  consent of at least a majority
of the members of the Committee and by a written Stock Option Agreement dated as
of the date of grant and  executed by the Company  and the  Optionee.  The Stock
Option  Agreement shall set forth such terms and conditions as may be determined
by the Committee consistent with the Plan.

Section  6.2.  Option  Price.  The exercise  price of the Stock  subject to each
Option shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the
Option is granted.

Section 6.3. Option Grant and Exercise  Periods.  No Option may be granted after
the fifth  anniversary  of the Effective  Date.  The period for exercise of each
Option  shall be  determined  by the  Committee,  but in no instance  shall such
period extend beyond the tenth anniversary of the date of grant of the Option.

Section 6.4.  Option Exercise.

     (a)  The Company  shall not be required to sell or issue  shares  under any
          Option if the issuance of such shares shall  constitute or result in a
          violation of the Optionee or the Company of any provisions of any law,
          statute or regulation of any governmental authority.  Specifically, in
          connection with the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"),  upon exercise
          of any Option,  the Company shall not be required to issue such shares
          unless the Committee has received  evidence  satisfactory to it to the
          effect that registration under the Act and applicable state securities
          laws is not required,  unless the offer and sale of  securities  under
          the Plan is registered or qualified under the Act and applicable state
          laws. Any  determination  in this connection by the Committee shall be
          final,  binding and conclusive.  If shares are issued under any Option
          without  registrations  under the Act or applicable  state

                                       5
<PAGE>
          securities  laws,  the  Optionee  may be required to accept the shares
          subject  to  such  restrictions  on  transferability  as  may  in  the
          reasonable  judgment  of the  Committee  be  required  to comply  with
          exemptions  from  registrations  under such laws. The Company may, but
          shall in no event be obligated  to,  register any  securities  covered
          hereby pursuant to the Act or applicable  state  securities  laws. The
          Company shall not be obligated to take any other affirmative action in
          order to cause the  exercise  of an Option or the  issuance  of shares
          pursuant  thereto  to  comply  with  any  law  or  regulation  of  any
          governmental authority.

     (b)  Subject to Section  6.4(c),  and such terms and  conditions  as may be
          determined by the Committee in its sole  discretion  upon the grant of
          an Option,  an Option may be  exercised  in whole or in part (but with
          respect to whole shares only) and from time to time by  delivering  to
          the  Company  at its  principal  office  written  notice  of intent to
          exercise the Option with respect to a specified number of shares.

     (c)  An Option  shall be  exercisable  according to the  following  vesting
          schedule:

               20% after one year from grant
               40% after two years from grant
               60% after three years from grant
               80% after four years from grant
               100% after five years from grant

          Provided,  however,  that upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee's  62nd
          birthdate, (ii) the occurrence of an Applicable Event, (iii) the death
          of the Optionee (iv) or total  disability,  all Options granted to the
          Optionee shall be fully  exercisable  in accordance  with the terms of
          the Plan.  For  purposes  of this  paragraph  an  Optionee  is totally
          disabled  if he is  receiving  disability  benefits  under the  Social
          Security Act as the result of a total and permanent disability,  or is
          determined to be totally disabled under any long-term  disability plan
          sponsored by the Bank or Company.

     (d)  Subject  to such  terms and  conditions  as may be  determined  by the
          Committee in its sole discretion upon grant of any Option, payment for
          the shares to be acquired  pursuant to exercise of the Option shall be
          made as follows:

          (1)  by delivering to the Company at its principal  office a cashier's
               or certified check,  payable to the order of the Company,  in the
               amount of the Option price for the number of shares of Stock with
               respect to which the Option is then being exercised; or

          (2)  by delivering to the Company at its principal office certificates
               representing  Stock,  duly  endorsed for transfer to the Company,
               having an aggregate  Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise
               equal to the amount of the Option price, for the number of shares
               of  Stock  with  respect  to  which  the  Option  is  then  being
               exercised; or

                                       6
<PAGE>
          (3)  by any combination of payments  delivered  pursuant to paragraphs
               (d)(1) and (d)(2) above.

Section  6.5.  Nontransferability  of Option.  No Option  may be sold.  pledged,
assigned  or  transferred  in any manner  otherwise  than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution except to the extent provided in Section 6.6(b). During
the lifetime of an Optionee,  Options  shall be  exercisable  only to the extent
provided in Section 6.6(b).

Section 6.6.  Effect of Termination of Employment or Death.

     (a)  If an Optionee's status as a Director or as an employee of the Company
          or the Bank  terminates  for any  reason,  other than the death of the
          Optionee,  before  the  date of  expiration  of  Options  held by such
          Optionee,  such  Options  shall  become  null and void on the 30th day
          following  the date of such  termination.  An Optionee who  terminates
          employment  with the Company or the Bank,  but retains his status as a
          Director is not  considered  terminated  for  purposes of this Section
          6.6.  The date of such  termination  shall  be the  date the  Optionee
          ceases to be a Director or an employee of the Company or the Bank.

     (b)  If an  Optionee  dies  before the  expiration  of Options  held by the
          Optionee,  such Options shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the date
          of expiration of the Options,  or (ii) one year  following the date of
          the Optionee's  death.  Subject to the foregoing  limitations,  in the
          event of an Optionee's  death,  the Options may be exercised by any of
          the following:  (A) any person designated to exercise the Option after
          the  Optionee's  death  by  means of a  specific  written  designation
          executed by the  Optionee  and filed with the  Committee  prior to the
          Optionee's death; or if no such person has been designated,  either by
          (B) the executor or  administrator or personal  representative  of the
          estate of the  deceased  Optionee or (C) the person or persons to whom
          an Option granted hereunder shall have been validly transferred by the
          executor or the  administrator or the personal  representative  of the
          Optionee's  estate. To the extent that such Options would otherwise be
          exercisable  under  the  terms of the Plan  and the  Optionee's  Stock
          Option  Agreement,  such  exercise  may occur at any time prior to the
          termination date specified in the preceding sentence.

Section  6.7.  Rights as  Shareholder.  An  Optionee  shall  have no rights as a
shareholder  with  respect  to any share  subject  to such  Option  prior to the
exercise of the Option and the purchase of such shares.

Section 6.8.  Limited  Rights.  Within the earlier of (i) the  occurrence  of an
Applicable  Event,  or (ii) 30 days  following  the  date on which  the  Company
obtains  knowledge  of and  notifies  an  Optionee of an  Applicable  Event,  an
Optionee shall have the right (without  regard to the limitation on the exercise
of Options set forth in Section  6.4(c) of the Plan and similar  limitations  in
the Stock  Option  Agreement)  to exercise  options  then held,  or to surrender
unexercised  Options in exchange  for a cash  amount.  Such cash amount shall be
equal to the product of (1) the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option,
or portion thereof which is surrendered,

                                       7
<PAGE>
multiplied  by (2) the amount by which the highest  price paid or to be paid per
share pursuant to an Applicable Event exceeds the exercise price.


                                   ARTICLE VII
                 Termination, Amendment and Modification of Plan

Section 7.1. Termination.  Board of Directors of the Company may at any time and
from  time to time and in any  respect  amend,  modify  or  terminate  the Plan;
provided,  however,  that absent the approval of holders representing a majority
of the voting shares of stock of the Company, no such action may

     (a)  increase  the total  number of  shares of Stock  subject  to the Plan,
          except as contemplated in Section 5.3 hereof; or

     (b)  withdraw the administration of the Plan from the Committee; or

     (c)  change the terms by which an Option may be  exercised,  in whole or in
          part, as described in Section 6.4 of this Plan; or

     (d)  change the  limitation  on the price at which  Options  may be granted
          hereunder as provided by Section 6.2; or

     (e)  affect any Stock Option Agreement  previously executed pursuant to the
          Plan without the consent of the Optionee.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                                  Miscellaneous

Section 8.1. Application of Funds. The proceeds received by the Company from the
sale of Stock pursuant to Options shall be used for general corporate purposes.

Section 8.2 Tenure. Nothing in the Plan or in any Option granted hereunder or in
any Stock Option Agreement  relating thereto shall confer upon any Director,  or
upon any officer or employee,  the right to continue in such  position  with the
Company or the Bank.

Section 8.3. Other Compensation Plans. The adoption of the Plan shall not affect
any other stock option or incentive  or other  compensation  plans in effect for
the  Company or the Bank,  nor shall the Plan  preclude  the Company or the Bank
from  establishing  any  other  forms of  incentive  or other  compensation  for
Directors, officers or employees of the Company or the Bank.

Section 8.4. No Obligation to Exercise Options.  The granting of an Option shall
impose no obligation upon the Optionee to exercise such Option.

                                       8
<PAGE>
Section  8.5.  Plan  Binding on  Successors.  The Plan shall be binding upon the
successors and assigns of the Company.

Section  8.6.  Singular,  Plural  Gender.  Whenever  used  herein,  nouns in the
singular  shall  include the plural,  and the  masculine  pronoun  shall include
feminine.

Section 8.7. Headings,  Etc., No Part of Plan. Headings of Articles and Sections
hereof are inserted for convenience of reference; they constitute no part of the
Plan.

Section 8.8.  Governing Law. Except as otherwise  required by law, the validity,
construction and  administration of this Plan shall be determined under the Laws
in the State of Michigan.




Singed April 18, 1996
and Amended June 20, 1996 but Effective February 1, 1996



                                       9
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.2

                     LENAWEE BANCORP, INC./IBANK OF LENAWEE
                                  (AS AMENDED)


     The Board of  Directors  (the  "Board")  of Bank of  Lenawee  (the  "Bank")
recognizes that your  contributions to the past and future growth and success of
the Bank have been and will be  substantial  and the Board desires to assure the
Bank of your continued services for the benefit of the Bank.

     This  letter  agreement  ("Agreement")  therefore  sets  forth  the  terms,
compensation and benefits which the Bank will provide to you.

Part I.

     1.   Term of  Employment.  Your  employment  by the Bank  pursuant  to this
          Agreement will commence January 1, 1999 (the "Effective Date").

     2.   Position and Duties.  You shall serve as President/CEO of the Bank and
          shall have such commensurate responsibilities, duties and authority as
          may be assigned by the Board. You shall devote  substantially all your
          time, energy and skill during reasonable business hours to the service
          of the Bank.

     3.   Compensation and Related  Matters.   (a) Salary.  During the period of
          your employment, the Bank will pay you an annual base salary at a rate
          of $150,000,00 per year, such salary to be paid in substantially equal
          installments no less frequently than semi-monthly.  Such annual salary
          shall  be  subject  to  increase  on  each  anniversary  date  of this
          Agreement at the  discretion  of the Board of  Directors,  taking into
          account your  performance of your duties during the preceding year and
          other relevant factors,  and subject to the approval of the Board. You
          will also be eligible to  participate  in any Bank-wide  and/or Senior
          Management  level  incentive  plan as may be established by the Board.
          (b) Stock Option  Program You will be eligible to  participate  in the
          Lenawee Bancorp,  Inc. Stock Option Program, the amount of such option
          to be determined each year of the Plan by the Board. In addition,  you
          will be awarded,  as per part of your annual compensation 1,000 shares
          of Lenawee Bancorp,  Inc. stock,  unrestricted,  for the 2000 calendar
          year.  This  award will be made as soon as  administratively  possible
          after receipt of the annual  independent  stock  valuation,  but in no
          event later than March 31st.  (c) Vehicle.  Effective  January 1, 2000
          the Bank will  provide you with a vehicle,  payments to be made by the
          Bank.  (d)  Expenses.  During  the  employment  period,  you  will  be
          reimbursed  for  reasonable  travel and other  business  expenses.  In
          addition,  so long as you are not employed or affiliated  with another
          company,  the Bank will continue to pay for those  memberships,  dues,
          and subscriptions now being provided to you. (e) Employment  Benefits.
          Also during the employment period, the Bank will continue, on the same
          basis as  provided  to its  other  employees,  your  present  medical,
          dental, life insurance,  long-term  disability  insurance and personal
          time off benefits. You will also continue to participate in the Bank's
          pension plan and will  continue to be eligible to  participate  in the
          401(k) deferred compensation plan to the extent generally available to
          Bank  employees.  You will be entitled to the
<PAGE>
          same  treatment  under any generally  applicable  benefit,  employment
          policy or practice as any other  member of  Management.  Those  plans,
          policies  and  practices  that  generally  apply to other  members  of
          Management  will be referred to as your  "Employment  Benefits."  Your
          Employment  Benefits may be modified  from time to time after the date
          hereof  without  violation  of this  Agreement  if the  changes  apply
          generally to other members of Management. The payments specified in #3
          shall be considered compensation for determining your rights under the
          Bank of Lenawee's pension plain. During the employment period you will
          be  provided  with  an  appropriate   office  and  an   administrative
          assistant.  If you die  prior  to the  date of  your  retirement,  all
          remaining  payments under 3(a) and (c) shall  terminate as of the date
          of your death.

     4.   Termination  of  Employment.  Your  employment  may be  terminated  in
          accordance with any of the following paragraphs:

          (a)  Involuntary Termination.  The Board may terminate your employment
               at any time without cause.  In such an event,  you shall continue
               to  receive  your full  salary  and  benefits  during  any notice
               period.  The  expiration of the notice  period,  if any, shall be
               your "Date of  Termination."  Upon your Date of Termination;  you
               shall be entitled to those benefits provided under Section 5.

          (b)  Involuntary  Termination for Cause.  The Board may terminate your
               employment  for "Cause" with  written  notice  setting  forth the
               cause for termination.  "Cause" means a willful engaging in gross
               misconduct  materially  and  demonstrably  injurious to the Bank.
               "Willful"  means an act or  omission  in bad  faith  and  without
               reasonable belief that such act or omission was in or not opposed
               to the best  interests of the Bank.  The expiration of the Notice
               Period,  if any, is your "Date of  Termination  for Cause."  Upon
               your Date of Termination for Cause, you shall only be entitled to
               those benefits provided under Section 6.

          (c)  Voluntary   Termination.   You  may  voluntarily  terminate  your
               employment.  In such an event, you shall continue to receive your
               full  salary and  Employment  Benefits  during the Notice  Period
               provided you satisfactorily perform your duties during the Notice
               Period  unless   relieved  of  those  duties  by  the  Bank.  The
               expiration  of the  Notice  Period  is  your  "Voluntary  Date of
               Termination." Upon your Voluntary Date of Termination,  you shall
               only be entitled to those benefits provided under Section 6.

          (d)  Voluntary  Termination  for Good Reason.  You may terminate  your
               employment by notice setting forth a Good Reason for  Termination
               if the notice is delivered to the Board within 60 days  following
               the  occurrence of any "Good  Reason."  "Good Reason" means a (i)
               change  in  the  duties  of  your  position;   (ii)   substantial
               alteration  in the  nature or  statue  of your  responsibilities;
               (iii)  reduction  in  your  base  salary;  (iv)  changes  in your
               Employment  Benefits.  If you give notice of termination for Good
               Reason,  you shall  continue to receive your full base salary and
               Employment

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
               Benefits during the Notice Period as in effect prior to the event
               that is the Good Reason for  termination.  The  expiration of the
               Notice  Period is your "Date of  Termination."  Upon your Date of
               Termination,  you shall be  entitled to those  benefits  provided
               under Section 5.

          (e)  Disability. If, as a result of your incapacity due to physical or
               mental  illness,  you shall have been  deemed  "disabled"  by the
               institution  appointed  by the  Bank  to  administer  the  Bank's
               long-term  disability  income plan (or a successor  plan) because
               you shall have been  absent  from your  duties with the Bank on a
               fill-time  basis for one year,  and  shall not have  returned  to
               fill-time  performance  of your duties  within  thirty days after
               written  notice  is  given  you,  the  Bank  may  terminate  this
               Agreement for "Disability."

          (f)  Retirement.  Retirement  shall mean the voluntary  termination by
               you of your  employment  for other than "Good Reason" (as defined
               below) which  termination  qualifies as  retirement in accordance
               with the Bank's  Pension  Plan,  as restated  and  amended,  (the
               "Pension Plan"), or in accordance with any retirement arrangement
               established  with your  consent  with  respect to you;  provided,
               however, that no mandatory retirement,  whether under the Pension
               Plan or in accordance with any such other retirement arrangement,
               shall constitute Retirement for purposes of this Agreement unless
               you have  previously  consented  thereto  in  writing.  Upon your
               Retirement, this Agreement shall be terminated.

     5.   Special  Severance  Benefits.  If your  employment  with  the  Bank is
          involuntarily  terminated  in  accordance  with  Section  4(a)  or you
          voluntarily  terminate  your  employment for Good Reason in accordance
          with Section 4(d), then you shall receive the following benefits:

          (a)  Your base  salary  shall be  continued  in effect for a period of
               twelve months from your Date of Termination  (hereinafter  called
               your "Severance Pay Period");  provided that you may, at any time
               during any Notice Period,  request a single  lump-sum  payment of
               the aggregate  salary  payable in accordance  with this paragraph
               5(a),  such payment to be delivered to you within  fourteen  (14)
               days of your Date of Termination;

          (b)  The Bank, if you so choose, will purchase your primary residence,
               at a fair market value.  The fair market value will be determined
               by the average of two  independent  appraisers,  one selected and
               paid by you and one selected  and paid by the Bank.  Such payment
               of' fair market value will be made within sixty (60) days of your
               request.  The offer to purchase  your primary  residence  will be
               valid for six months following your Date of Termination.

          (c)  Notwithstanding  any  provision  to the  contrary  in the Lenawee
               Bancorp,  Inc.  Stock  Option  Plan,  or any like plan of Lenawee
               Bancorp,  Inc., or under the terms of any grant,  award agreement
               or form for  exercising  any right under the Plan, you shall have
               the right:

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
               (i)  to exercise any stock option  awarded to you without  regard
                    to  any  waiting  period  required  by  the  Plan  or  award
                    agreement  (but  subject to any waiting  period  required by
                    law)  from the  first day of your  Notice  Period  until the
                    first to occur of the  second  anniversary  of your  Date of
                    Termination or the date the award expires by its terms; and

               (ii) to the full and  absolute  ownership  of any shares of stock
                    granted to you under the Plan or this Agreement, free of any
                    restriction  on your right to transfer or otherwise  dispose
                    of the shares (but  subject to any  restrictions  imposed by
                    law),  regardless  of whether  entitlement  to the shares is
                    contingent  or absolute  by the terms of the grant;  and the
                    Board shall take such action within thirty (30) days of your
                    Date  of  Termination  as is  necessary  or  appropriate  to
                    eliminate  any  restriction  on your  ownership  of, or your
                    right  to sell or  assign,  any  such  shares;  and  further
                    provided  that if the Board should fail or refuse to so act,
                    Lenawee  Bancorp,  Inc., in exchange for such shares,  shall
                    pay you thirty (30) days after your Date of Termination,  in
                    cash in a single lump sum an amount  equal to the  aggregate
                    fair market value of the shares during the Notice Period;

          (d)  Your Employment Benefits shall be continued during your Severance
               Pay Period,  subject to the right of the Bank to make any changes
               to your  Employment  Benefits  permitted in Section 3;  provided,
               however, that you shall not;

               (i)  accumulate  vacation  pay for  periods  after  your  Date of
                    Termination;

              (ii)  first  qualify  for  short  or  long-term   disability  plan
                    benefits  by  reason  of  an   accident  or  illness   first
                    manifesting itself after your Date of Termination

             (iii)  be  eligible  to  continue  to  make  contributions  to  any
                    Internal  Revenue Code 401(k) or Sec. 125 Plan maintained by
                    the Bank (or Lenawee  Bancorp,  Inc.) or qualify for a share
                    of any  employer  contribution  made  to any  tax  qualified
                    defined  contribution plan (except as outlined  specifically
                    in the Plan Document; or,

              (iv)  be eligible to accumulate service for pension plan purposes.

          (e)  You shall  qualify  for full  COBRA  health  and  dental  benefit
               continuation  coverage upon the  expiration of your Severance Pay
               Period;

          (f)  You shall be entitled to full executive  outplacement  assistance
               with an agency selected by the Bank

     6.   Benefits Upon Voluntary  Termination or  Termination  for Cause.  Upon
          your Date of Termination  for Cause in accordance with Section 4(b) or
          your Voluntary Date

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
          of  Termination  in accordance  Section 4(o),  all benefits under this
          Agreement  will be void.  In such an event,  you shall be eligible for
          any benefits  provided in  accordance  with the plans and practices of
          the Bank which are applicable to employees generally.

     7.   Arbitration.  Any dispute under this Agreement,  including any dispute
          as to Cause or Good  Reason for  Termination,  shall be  submitted  to
          binding arbitration  subject to the rules of the American  Arbitration
          Association.  Except as hereinafter  provided,  the Bank and you shall
          each bear your own attorney's fees and shall share equally the cost of
          arbitration.  However,  if you  prevail in a  challenge  to the Bank's
          determination  of Cause,  you shall be  reimbursed by the Bank for any
          reasonable  costs or  expenses  incurred in such  challenge  including
          reasonable attorney's fees and costs of arbitration.

     8    Confidentiality.  You will not  disclose  to any person or use for the
          benefit  of  yourself  or  any  other  person  any   confidential   or
          proprietary  information of the Bank without the prior written consent
          of the Board. Upon your termination of employment,  you will return to
          the Bank all written or electronically stored memoranda, notes, plans,
          records,  reports  or  other  documents  of any  kind  or  description
          (including all copies in any form whatsoever) relating to the business
          of the Bank

     9.   Conflicts  of  Interest.  You agree for so long as you are employed by
          the Bank to avoid  dealings and  situation  which create the potential
          for a conflict of interest  with the Bank. In this regard you agree to
          comply with the Bank's policy regarding conflicts of interest.

     10.  Covenant Not to Compete.  During the term of the Agreement,  and for a
          period of one (1) year following the  termination  of your  employment
          for any reason other than as set forth in Section 4(b),  you agree not
          to be employed by, serve as director of, consultant to, or advisor to,
          any business within a 75-mile radius,  that engages either directly or
          indirectly in the financial services/banking industry.

     11.  Change in  Control.  For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  a "Change  in
          Control"  of the Bank shall be deemed to have  occurred if there shall
          be consummated  any  consolidation  or merger of the Bank in which the
          Bank is not the  continuing or surviving  corporation,  or pursuant to
          which  shares of the Bank's  holding  company  common  stock  would be
          converted in whole or in part into cash, securities or other property,
          other than a merger of the Bank in which the  holders  of the  holding
          company's   common  stock   immediately   prior  to  the  merger  have
          substantially the same proportionate  ownership of common stock of the
          surviving  corporation  immediately  after the  merger,  or, any sale,
          lease, exchange or transfer (in one transaction or a series of related
          transactions) of all or  substantially  all the assets of the Bank, or
          the  shareholders  of the holding  company  shall  approve any plan or
          proposal for the  liquidation  or  dissolution of the Bank; or, at any
          time during a period of two consecutive years,  individuals who at the
          beginning  of such period  constituted  the Board of  Directors of the
          Bank  shall  cease for any  reason to  constitute  at least a majority
          thereof unless the election or the

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
          nomination  for  election  by the  Bank's  shareholders  of  each  new
          director  during  such  two-year  period was  approved by a vote of at
          least  two-thirds  of the  directors  then  still in  office  who were
          directors at the beginning of such two-year period.

     12.  Successor's  Binding  Agreement.  The Bank will require any  successor
          (whether direct or indirect,  by  purchase,  merger,  consolidation or
          otherwise) to all or  substantially  all of the business and/or assets
          of the Bank,  by agreement in form and substance  satisfactory  to you
          expressly  to assume and agree to perform  this  Agreement in the same
          manner  and to the same  extent  that the Bank  would be  required  to
          perform if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the Bank to
          obtain  such  agreement  prior  to  the   effectiveness  of  any  such
          succession  shall be a breach of this  Agreement and shall entitle you
          to compensation from the Bank in the same amount and on the same terms
          as you would be entitled  hereunder if you terminated  your employment
          for Good Reason (whether or not you terminate your employment), except
          that for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on which any
          such  succession  becomes  effective  shall  be  deemed  the  Date  of
          Termination.  As used in this Agreement, "Bank" shall mean the Bank as
          herein before defined and any successor to its business  and/or assets
          as aforesaid which executes and delivers the agreement provided for in
          this  paragraph 11 or which  otherwise  becomes bound by all the terms
          and  provisions of this Agreement by operation of law. If you received
          payments  pursuant to this  paragraph 11 prior to  termination of your
          employment, you shall not be entitled to any benefits hereunder at the
          time of any subsequent termination of your employment.  This Agreement
          shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable  by, your personal or
          legal representatives, executors, administrators.,  successors, heirs,
          distributees,  devisees  and  legatees.  If you  should  die while any
          amounts  would still be payable to you  hereunder if you had continued
          to  live,  all such  amounts  shall be paid in  accordance  with  this
          Agreement

     13.  Employment. In consideration of the foregoing obligations of the Bank,
          you agree to be bound by the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement
          and to remain in the employ of the Bank during any  period,  following
          any public  announcement by any person of any proposed  transaction or
          transactions  which, if effected,  would result in a Change of Control
          of the Bank until a Change in Control of the Bank has taken  place or,
          in the opinion of the Board such person has  abandoned  or  terminated
          its efforts to effect a Change in Control of the Bank.  Subject to the
          foregoing,  nothing  contained  in  this  Agreement  shall  impair  or
          interfere in any way with your right to terminate  your  employment or
          the right of the Bank to  terminate  your  employment  with or without
          Cause prior to a Change in Control of the Bank.  Nothing  contained in
          this Agreement shall be construed as a contract of employment  between
          the Bank and you or as a right for you to  continue  in the  employ of
          the Bank, or as a limitation of the right of the Bank to discharge you
          with or without Cause prior to a Change in Control of the Bank.

     14.  Notice.  For the  purpose  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all other
          communications  provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and
          shall be deemed to have been duly  given when  delivered  or mailed by
          United States  registered  mail,  return  receipt  requested,  postage
          prepaid,  addressed to the respective addresses set forth on the first
          page of this  Agreement,  provided that all notices to the Bank should

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
          be directed to the Chairman of the Board, the Corporate Secretary,  or
          to such other address as either party may have  furnished to the other
          in writing in  accordance  herewith,  except that notices of change of
          address shall be effective only upon receipt.

     15.  Indemnification.  The Bank will  indemnify  you to the fullest  extent
          permitted  by the laws of the State of Michigan and the by-laws of the
          Bank as in effect on the date of this  Agreement,  in  respect  of all
          your services  rendered to the Bank prior to the Date of  Termination.
          You shall be entitled to the protection of any insurance  policies the
          Bank now or  hereafter  maintains  generally  for the  benefit  of its
          Directors,  Officers  and  Employees  (but  only to the  extent of the
          coverage  afforded by the  existing  provisions  of such  policies) to
          protect against all costs, charges and expenses whatsoever incurred or
          sustained by you in connection with any action,  suit or proceeding to
          which you may be made a party by reason of your being or having been a
          Director,  Officer  or  Employee  of the  Bank during your  employment
          therewith.

     16   Further  Assurances.  Each party hereto  agrees to furnish and execute
          such additional forms and documents, and to take such other action, as
          shall be reasonable and  customarily  required in connection  with the
          performance of this Agreement or the payment of benefits hereunder.

     17.  Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived
          or discharged unless such waiver,  modification or discharge is agreed
          to in writing  signed by you and such  officer as may be  specifically
          designated  by the Board of Directors of the Bank. No waiver by either
          party  hereto at any time of any breach by the other party  hereto of,
          or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be
          performed  by such other  party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or
          dissimilar  provisions or conditions at the same or at any prior time.
          No  agreements  or  representations,  oral or  otherwise,  express  or
          implied,  with respect to the subject  matter hereof have been made by
          either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.  The
          validity,   interpretation,   construction  and  performance  of  this
          Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Michigan.

     If this Agreement  correctly sets forth our agreement on the subject matter
hereof,  kindly  sign and  return to the Bank  this  Agreement  which  will then
constitute our agreement on this subject.




Signed February 2, 1999
And Amended February 22, 2000

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.3

                             SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE
                              RETIREMENT AGREEMENT


     This Agreement is made the 19th day of December,  l997, by and between BANK
OF LENAWEE, a Michigan banking corporation (the "Company") and ALLAN W. BRITTAIN
("Executive").

                                    RECITALS

     The Company desires to provide Executive with certain unfunded supplemental
retirement benefits, and

     Executive  desire to  receive  such  benefits  on the terms and  conditions
described in this Agreement.

     THEREFORE,  for valuable consideration,  the Company and Executive agree as
follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                     PURPOSE

     1.1 This Agreement establishes a supplemental  retirement plan (the "Plan")
for the purpose of providing  Executive  with  retirement  benefits in excess of
those  benefits  provided  under  the  Bank  of  Lenawee  Retirement  plan  (the
"Retirement Plan").

     1.2 The Plan is intended to be an unfunded  plan  maintained  primarily for
the purpose of providing deferred  compensation for a select group of management
or highly compensated  employees as described in Sections  231(a)(2),  301(a)(3)
and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA").

                                   ARTICLE II
                                   DEFINITIONS

     Unless a different  meaning is expressly  assigned,  all capitalized  terms
used in this  Plan have the same meaning as in the Retirement Plan. In addition,
the  following  terms shall have the  following  meanings  unless the context in
which the term is used clearly  indicates  that another or different  meaning is
intended:

     2.1  "Adjusted  Retirement  Benefits"  means the  benefits  in the form and
amount that the  Executive  or his  Beneficiary  would have  received  under the
Retirement  Plan  (as  amended  through  December  31,  1997)  on the  fol1owing
assumptions:

          (a) total  Benefit  Service  shall be  calculated  as if Executive had
     continued  to work for the Company at  Compensation  of  $117,000  per year
     until  the  last  business  day  prior  to  his  Normal   Retirement   Date
     (irrespective of his actual period of employment or the  commencement  date
     of his benefits under the Retirement Plan);
<PAGE>
          (b) Covered Compensation shall be calculated as if the Social Security
     Wage  Base  had  increased  at the rate of 2% per year  during  the  period
     commencing January 1, 1997 and ending on Executive's Normal Retirement Date
     (irrespective of his actual period of employment or the  commencement  date
     of his benefits under the Retirement Plan).

          (c) If Executive (or his  Beneficiary)  commences  benefits  under the
     Retirement  Plan within the  36-month  period prior to  Executive's  Normal
     Retirement  Date, the early  retirement  reduction  provided in Article IV,
     Section  2(b) of the  Retirement  Plan  shall 1b  changed  from 8% per year
     (1/150 per month) to 7% per year in the computation of Adjusted  Retirement
     Benefits (but shall remain at 8% per year in the  computation of Retirement
     Benefits).

Adjusted  Retirement  Benefits shall be determined as of the date when Executive
(or his Beneficiary) actually commences benefits under the Retirement Plan.

     2.2 "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

     2.3 "Committee" means the  administrative  committee  appointed and serving
from time to time under Article X of the Retirement Plan.

     2.4  "Retirement  Benefits"  means benefits in the form and amount actually
payable to the Executive or his Beneficiary under the Retirement Plan.

     2.5 The following terms are defined elsewhere in this Plan:

          "Code"...............................................Sec. 1.2;
          "Company"............................................Sec. 1.1;
          "ERISA"..............................................Sec. 1.2;
          "Plan"...............................................Sec. 1.1;
          "Retirement Plan"....................................Sec. 1.1;
          "Vested".............................................Sec. 4.1.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                     BENEFIT

     3.1  The  Executive's  benefits  under  this  Plan  shall  be his  Adjusted
Retirement Benefits reduced by his Retirement  Benefits.  For an example showing
the computation of benefits under the Plan, see Exhibit A.

     3.2 Any benefits  payable to Executive under this Plan shall be paid at the
same times, in the same manner and form, and for the same duration as Retirement
Benefits  paid to the  Executive  under  the  Retirement  Plan  (using  the same
actuarial assumptions and adjustments).

     3.3 If the Executive  dies before  benefits  commence  under the Retirement
Plan, a survivor  benefit shall be payable under this Plan only if Executive has
a surviving  spouse who is entitled to a benefit  under Art. IV Sec. 5(d) of the
Retirement Plan. In that event,  such spouse's  survivor benefit under this Plan
shall be based on (A) minus (B), where:

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
     "(A)"  represents the monthly  survivor  annuity that such surviving spouse
     would have received  commencing at the executive's  Normal  Retirement Date
     under the  Retirement  Plan (as amended  through  December 31, 1997) on the
     following assumptions:

          (i) Total  Benefit  service  shall be  calculated  as if Executive had
     survived and continued to work for the Company at  Compensation of $117,000
     per year until the last  business day prior to his Normal  Retirement  Date
     (irrespective of his actual period of employment or the  commencement  date
     of surviving spouse benefits under the Retirement Plan);

          (ii)  Covered  Compensation  shall  be  calculated  as if  the  Social
     Security  Wage Base had  increased  at the rate of 2% per year  during  the
     period  commencing  January  1,  1997  and  ending  on  Executive's  Normal
     Retirement  Date  (irrespective  of his actual  period of employment or the
     commencement date of surviving spouse benefits under the Retirement Plan);

          (iii) If Executive (or his surviving spouse) commenced  benefits under
     the Retirement Plan within the 36-month period prior to Executive's  Normal
     Retirement  Date, the early  retirement  reduction  provided in Article IV,
     Section  2(b) of the  Retirement  Plan  shall be  changed  from 8% per year
     (1/150  per  month)  to 7% per  year  in the  computation  of the  spouse's
     survivor  benefit  under this Plan (but shall  remain at 8% per year in the
     computation of her monthly survivor annuity under the Retirement Plan); and

     "(B)"  represents  the amount of the  monthly  survivor  annuity  that such
     surviving  spouse is  entitled to receive,  commencing  at the  Executive's
     Normal Retirement Date, under the Retirement Plan.

     Such  survivor  benefit  shall be  payable at the same  times,  in the same
manner and form,  and for the same  duration as the  spouse's  survivor  annuity
under Art. IV Sec. 5(d) of the Pension Plan, actuarially adjusted if the benefit
commences at a date other than the Executive's  Normal  Retirement Date. If such
survivor  benefit  commences prior to Executive's  Normal  Retirement  Date, the
amount shall be reduced by 1/150 for each of the first 36 calendar months and by
1/300 for each additional calendar month by which the commencement date precedes
Executive's Normal Retirement Date.

     3.4 If the Executive dies after  benefits under this Plan commence,  and if
his  surviving  spouse or other  Beneficiary  is  entitled to receive a survivor
annuity  under  the  Pension  Plan,  such  Beneficiary  shall  receive a monthly
survivor  benefit  under this Plan  commencing  as of the first day of the month
following Executive's death. The monthly amount of survivor benefit shall be the
same  percentage  of the benefits  that were being paid to Executive  under this
Plan as the  Beneficiary's  survivor  annuity  percentage under the Pension Plan
(i.e. 50%, 66-2/3%, or 100%).

     3.5 If the  Executive  is  obligated to the Company as described in Section
9.6  at  the  time  benefits  first  become  payable  to  the  Executive  or his
Beneficiary under this Plan, then the initial monthly benefit payment(s), net of
required withholding taxes, shall be applied in

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
reduction  of such  obligations  until  they are fully  repaid.  Only after such
benefits  are fully  repaid  shall  payments  commence to the  Executive  or his
Beneficiary under this Plan.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                                     VESTING

     4.1 Executive's  entitlement to benefits under this Plan shall vest ratably
over a period of 60 months  commencing  January 1, 1998 and ending  December 31,
2002, provided that - -

     (a)  he  satisfactorily  performs  his duties as an employee and officer of
          the Company through December 31, 1997, and

     (b)  thereafter, for a period of five years, he does not become employed as
          an executive officer of any bank or other financial institution having
          its main  office in  Lenawee  County,  Michigan  (i.e.,  a  "Competing
          Executive").

However,  executive  may  commence  his Plan  benefits  at any time  during such
60-month period on a fully-vested basis subject to retroactive  adjustment under
Section 4.3 if he becomes a Competing Executive.  Furthermore, if Executive dies
or becomes disabled prior to December 31, 2002, then (provided he had not become
a Competing  Executive) his entitlement to benefits shall become fully vested on
the date of death or determination of such disability.  Assuming Executive meets
condition  (a) and does not become a Competing  Executive on or before  December
31, 2002, his Plan benefits shall become fully vested on December 31, 2002.

     4.2 If Executive becomes a Competing  Executive prior to December 31, 2002,
then he shall be entitled to only a fraction of the benefits  payable under this
Plan. The fraction shall be based on "N" / 60 where "N" represents the number of
full calendar  months  elapsed  between  January 1, 1998,  and the date on which
Executive  becomes a Competing  Executive (i.e., the "Competition  Date").  Such
fraction shall be expressed as a percentage figure (rounded to the nearest whole
percent).

     4.3 If  Executive  had  commenced  benefits  under  this Plan  prior to the
"Competition   Date,"  then  his  subsequent  Plan  benefits  shall  be  reduced
actuarially to reflect the fact that his Plan benefits prior to the  Competition
Date exceeded his vested percentage.  (Actuarial  adjustment shall be calculated
by the enrolled  actuary who is engaged to value the  Retirement  Plan as of the
Competition Date, using (i) the GATT lump sum cash-out rate in effect on January
1 of the  calendar  year that  includes the  Competition  Date and (ii) the G-83
unisex mortality table.)

         Example:  Assume  Executive  commences  his Plan benefits on January 1,
         1998, and becomes a Competing  Executive on January 1, 2000. His vested
         percentage is 24 / 60 - 40%. This  percentage is applied  retroactively
         to the Plan benefits paid in 1998 and 1999.  Thus his Plan benefits for
         2000 and  subsequent  years will be reduced  (i) to give  effect to 40%
         vesting  and (ii) to  reflect  the  actuarial  value of the 60%  excess
         benefits received in 1998 and 1999.

     4.4 As used in the Plan,  "vested"  refers to the right of the Executive or
his surviving  spouse to receive  benefits  calculated  pursuant to Section 3.1,
recognizing that the amount of such

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
benefits may increase or decrease  over time,  depending on the various  factors
taken into account in computing the benefits.

                                    ARTICLE V
                                SOURCE OF PAYMENT

     5.1 The  benefits  payable  under  this  Plan  shall be paid  only from the
general funds of the Company,  and the Executive and his Beneficiary shall be no
more than unsecured general  creditors of the Company,  with no special or prior
right to any assets of the  Company for  payment of any  obligations  hereunder.
Nothing contained in this Plan or elsewhere shall be deemed to create a trust or
escrow of any kind for the  benefit of the  Executive  or any  Beneficiary  with
respect to any assets of the Company.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                                   WITHHOLDING

     6.1  The  Executive  and  (if  applicable)   his  Beneficiary   shall  make
appropriate  arrangements  with the Company for the satisfaction of any federal,
state or local income tax withholding  requirements and federal social security,
medicare,  or other  employment  tax  requirements  applicable to the payment or
vesting of benefits. If no other arrangements are made, the Company may provide,
at its discretion, for such withholding and tax payments as may be required.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                           ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

     The Plan  shall be  administered  by the  Committee  which  shall have full
power,  discretion and authority to interpret,  construe and administer the Plan
and any  part  thereof,  and the  Committee's  interpretation  and  construction
thereof, and actions thereunder,  shall be binding and conclusive on all persons
for all purposes. All actuarial  determinations shall be made by the actuary for
the  Retirement  Plan,  and the Committee  shall be entitled to rely on the good
faith determinations of such actuary.  Decisions of the Committee shall be final
and binding on all parties who have an interest in the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

     8.1  Claims  for  benefits  under the Plan  shall be made in writing to the
Committee.  The  Executive or  Beneficiary  may furnish the  Committee  with any
written material he/she believes necessary to perfect such claim.

     8.2 A person  whose claim for benefits  under the Plan has been denied,  or
his/her  duly  authorized  representative,  may  request a review  upon  written
application to the Committee,  may review  pertinent  documents,  and may submit
issues and comments in writing.  The claimant's  written request for review must
be submitted to the Company within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant
of written  notification  of the denial of a claim.  A decision by the Committee
shall be made promptly, and not later than sixty (60) days after the Committee's
receipt  of a request  for  review,  unless  special  circumstances  require  an
extension of time for proceeding, in

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
which cases a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than
one hundred  twenty  (120) days after  receipt of the  request  for review.  The
decision on review shall be in writing,  shall include reasons for the decision,
may include specific  reference to the pertinent  provision of the Plan on which
the  decision  is  based,  and shall be  written  in a manner  calculated  to be
understood by the claimant.

     8.3 Unless otherwise  required by law, any controversy or claim arising out
of or  relating to this Plan or the breach  thereof  shall be settled by binding
arbitration  in the City of Adrian in  accordance  with the laws of the State of
Michigan by three  arbitrators,  one of whom shall be  appointed by the Company,
one  by  the   Executive   (or  in  the   event   of  his   prior   death,   his
beneficiary(-ies)),  and the third of whom shall be  appointed  by the first two
arbitrators.  If the selected (third) arbitrator  declines or is unable to serve
for any reason, the appointed arbitrators shall select another arbitrator.  Upon
their failure to agree on another  arbitrator,  the  jurisdiction of the Circuit
Court of Lenawee County,  Michigan shall be invoked to make such selection.  The
arbitration  shall be conducted in accordance  with the  commercial  arbitration
rules of the American Arbitration  Association except as provided in Section 8.4
below. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any
court having  jurisdiction  thereof.  Review by the arbitrators of any decision,
action  or  interpretation  of the  Board or  Committee  shall be  limited  to a
determination of whether it was arbitrary and capricious or constituted an abuse
of  discretion,  within the  guidelines of Firestone Tire & Rubber Co. v. Bruch,
409 U.S. 101 (1989).  In the event the Executive or his beneficiary shall retain
legal  counsel  and/or  incur  other  costs  and  expenses  in  connection  with
enforcement of any of the  Executive's  rights under this Plan, the Executive or
beneficiary  shall not be  entitled to recover  from the  Company any  attorneys
fees,  costs or  expenses  in  connection  with the  enforcement  of such rights
(including  enforcement  of any  arbitration  award in court)  regardless of the
final outcome.

     8.4 Any arbitration shall be conducted as follows:

          (a) The arbitrators  shall follow the commercial  arbitration Rules of
     the American Arbitration Association,  except as otherwise provided herein.
     The arbitrators  shall  substantially  comply  with the rules of  evidence;
     shall grant essential but limited discovery; shall provide for the exchange
     of witness  lists and  exhibit  copies;  and shall  conduct a pretrial  and
     consider  dispositive  motions.  Each party shall have the right to request
     the arbitrators to make findings of specific factual issues.

          (b) The arbitrators  shall complete their proceedings and render their
     decision  within 40 days after  submission  of the dispute to them,  unless
     both parties agree to an  extension.  Each party shall  cooperate  with the
     arbitrators to comply with procedural time  requirements and the failure of
     either to do so shall  entitle the  arbitrators  to extend the  arbitration
     proceedings  accordingly and to impose  sanctions on the party  responsible
     for the delay,  payable to the other party. In the event the arbitrators do
     not fulfill their  responsibilities  on a timely basis,  either party shall
     have  the  right  to  require  a  replacement  and the  appointment  of new
     arbitrators.

          (c) The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the
     parties and  accordingly  a judgment  by any Circuit  Court of the State of
     Michigan or any other  court of  competent  jurisdiction  may be entered in
     accordance therewith.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
          (d) The costs of the arbitration shall be borne equally by the parties
     to such  arbitration,  except  that each party shall bear its own legal and
     accounting expenses relating to its participation in the arbitration.

          (e)  Every  asserted  claim to  benefits  or right of  action by or on
     behalf of any Executive,  past, present,  or future, or any spouse,  child,
     beneficiary  or legal  representative  thereof,  against the Company or any
     Subsidiary   arising  out  of  or  in  connection  with  this  Plan  shall,
     irrespective  of the  place  where  such  right of  action  may arise or be
     asserted, cease and be barred by the expiration of the earliest of: (i) one
     year from the date of the  alleged act or omission in respect of which such
     right of action first  arises in whole or in part,  (ii) one year after the
     Executive's termination of employment,  or (iii) six months after notice is
     given to or on behalf of the  Executive  of the amount of benefits  payable
     under this Plan.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

     9.1  Governing  Law;  Termination.  This  Plan  shall  be  governed  by and
construed,  enforced,  and administered in accordance with the laws of the State
of Michigan  excluding any such laws which direct an  application of the laws of
any other  jurisdiction.  Subject to Article VIII, the Company and the Committee
shall be subject to suit  regarding  the Plan only in the courts of the State of
Michigan,  and the Company  shall fully  indemnify  and defend the Board and the
Committee  with respect to any actions  relating to this Plan made in good faith
by such bodies or their members.

     9.2 Prohibition of Assignment.  The benefits  provided under Article III of
this Plan may not be alienated, assigned,  transferred,  pledged or hypothecated
by any  Executive,  Beneficiary  or other  person,  at any time,  to any  person
whatsoever. These benefits shall be exempt from the claims of creditors or other
claimants and from all orders, decrees, levies, garnishment or executions to the
fullest extent allowed by law.

     9.3 Severability. The provisions of this Plan shall be deemed severable and
in the event any provision of this Plan is held invalid, void, or unenforceable,
the same shall not affect, in any respect whatsoever,  the validity of any other
provision  of this  Plan.  Furthermore,  the  Committee  shall have the power to
modify such provision to the extent reasonably  necessary to make the provision,
as so changed,  both legal, valid and enforceable as well as compatible with the
other provisions of the Plan.

     9.4  Interpretation.  Titles and  headings to the Articles of this Plan are
included   for   convenience   only  and  shall  not   control  the  meaning  or
interpretation of any provision of this Plan. Wherever  reasonably  necessary in
this Plan, pronouns or any gender shall be deemed synonymous,  as shall singular
and plural pronouns.

     9.5 Executive  Cooperation.  The Executive shall cooperate with the Company
by furnishing any and all information  requested by the Company, and taking such
other relevant actions as may reasonably be required by the Company or Committee
for purposes of the Plan. If the Executive  neglects or refuses so to cooperate,
the Company shall have no further

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
obligation to such Executive or his  beneficiaries  under the Plan, and any Plan
benefits accrued prior to such neglect or refusal shall be forfeited.

     9.6 Obligations to Company. If any Executive becomes entitled to payment of
benefits under this Plan, and if at such time the Executive has  outstanding any
debt, obligation, or other liability representing an amount owing to the Company
or any of its  Subsidiaries,  then,  as provided in Article V, such amounts owed
shall be an offset against the amount of benefits payable under this Plan.

     9.7 Payment on Behalf of Executive or Beneficiary.  In the event any amount
becomes  payable under this Plan to Executive or a Beneficiary  who, in the sole
judgment  of the  Committee,  is  considered  by  reason of  physical  or mental
condition  to be unable to give a valid  receipt  therefor,  the  Committee  may
direct  that  such  payment  be  made  to  the  legally  appointed  guardian  or
conservator  of the person or estate of  Executive  or the  Beneficiary,  to any
person with whom Executive or the Beneficiary  resides, or to any person who has
custody of  Executive or  Beneficiary,  without any duty to supervise or inquire
into the  application  of any funds so paid.  Any payment made  pursuant to such
determination  shall  constitute a full release and discharge of the Company and
its employees.

     9.8 Notice.  Any notice or filing  required or  permitted to be given under
this Plan shall be  sufficient  if in  writing  and hand  delivered,  or sent by
registered  or  certified  mail:  (a) to the  Company  or the  Committee  at the
principal  office of the Company,  directed to the attention of the President of
the Company,  and (b) to the  Executive his last known home address on file with
the Company's personnel office. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date
of  delivery  or,  if  delivery  is made by mail,  as of the  date  shown on the
postmark on the  receipt  for  registration  or  certification.  It shall be the
Executive's responsibility to inform the Company's personnel office, in writing,
of any change in his home address.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Supplemental  Executive  Retirement Agreement has
been  executed by the  Executive  and on behalf of the Company  this 19th day of
December 1997.

                                   EXECUTIVE:


                                   /s/ Allan F. Brittain
                                   Allan F. Brittain


                                   BANK OF LENAWEE
 ATTEST

                                   By  /s/ Patrick K. Gill
 /s/ Pamela S. Fisher                  Patrick K. Gill,
                                       President & CEO


                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

EXAMPLE OF BENEFIT COMPUTATION:

     Executive,  who is married,  decides to commence his retirement benefits at
age 62 in the form of a 50% joint and survivor retirement  benefit.  His accrued
Normal Retirement Benefit under the Retirement Plan is $1,200 per month if begun
at his Normal  Retirement  Date.  However,  there are actuarial  reductions  for
commencing  benefits before age 65 and for his wife's survivor  annuity,  so his
Retirement  Benefits  (as  defined  in Section  2.3) will be $800 per month.  If
Executive  had worked until age 65 at  compensation  of $117,000  per year,  his
Normal  Retirement  Benefit  would be $2,000 per month.  Applying the  alternate
actuarial  reductions  specified in this Plan, his Adjusted  Retirement Benefits
(as  defined in Section  2.1)  would be $1,400  per month,  starting  at age 62.
Executive's   benefits  under  this  Plan  are  determined  by  subtracting  his
Retirement Benefits from his Adjusted Retirement Benefits; in other words $1,400
minus $800 = $600.  His  benefits  under this Plan are,  therefore,  $______ per
month,  starting at age 62. If  Executive's  wife  survives  him,  her  survivor
annuity  under the  Retirement  Plan  will be $400 per  month  and her  survivor
benefit under this Plan will be $300 per month.


                                      A-1
<PAGE>
Exhibit 10.4

                              CONSULTING AGREEMENT


     This Agreement effective the 1st day of January,  1998, by and between BANK
OF LENAWEE, a Michigan banking corporation (the "Company") and ALLAN F. BRITTAIN
("Consultant").

     RECITALS:

     A.  Consultant is an experienced  banking  executive who retired after many
years of  service  to  Company,  during  which  he  gained  extensive  knowledge
concerning the Company and its business, and

     B. Company  desires to utilize,  from time to time, the skill of Consultant
in business  development,  community relations and other matters; and Consultant
is  willing to  provide  such  services  to  Company  pursuant  to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual promises set forth in this
Agreement, the parties agree as follows:

     1. Engagement.  Company hereby engages the services of the Consultant as an
independent contractor. Company will provide appropriate office space and access
to support staff as needed.

     2. Service. Upon reasonable request by Company, Consultant agrees to devote
a portion of his time, attention,  skill,  energies, and efforts in advising the
Company  (as  well as its  parent  corporation  and any of  their  divisions  or
affiliates)  on matters within his knowledge and experience as well as acting on
behalf of Company in business  development and community  relations matters.  At
the beginning of each calendar year the Board of Directors will be provided with
an outline of the general activities  requested by Company,  and Consultant will
keep the Board  informed,  on a  quarterly  basis,  of the status of  activities
performed.  Except as provided in paragraph 14, the parties agree Consultant may
engage in other activities for  compensation  during the term of this Agreement,
so long as Consultant (without violating applicable  non-disclosure  agreements)
gives Company a reasonably detailed advance notice, pursuant to paragraph 19, of
proposed  engagements for  remuneration  by anyone other than Company;  provided
that Consultant  shall decline any engagement that Company  reasonably  believes
would be adverse to Company,  its parent corporation,  or their divisions and/or
affiliates,  provided  Company  so  notifies  Consultant  within  14 days  alter
receiving such advance notice.

     3.  Consultant's  Discretion.  Consultant  agrees to furnish  all  services
reasonably  requested by Company in  furtherance of such projects as the parties
mutually agree that Consultant shall  undertake,  including (but not limited to)
those services identified in paragraph 2. Company recognizes,  however,  that it
thereby obtains no authority or right to direct or control  Consultant's actions
and that Consultant assumes and retains full and complete discretion  concerning
his  hours,  methods,  procedures,  and  independent  professional  judgment  in
undertaking and completion of such services.
<PAGE>
     4. Compensation.  Company agrees to pay Consultant a retainer of $50,000.00
per year during the term of this  Agreement.  Such retainer  shall be payable in
monthly installments, on the first business day of each month, beginning January
1, 1998.

     5.  Expenses.  If  Consultant,  at the request of Company,  shall incur any
travel,  entertainment or lodging  expenses,  or other expenses  pre-approved by
Company,  which  Company has agreed to  reimburse to  Consultant,  then he shall
itemize and document those  expenses in a manner  satisfactory  to Company,  and
Company shall then reimburse or pay such expenses within 30 days.

     6.  Taxes.   Consultant   agrees  to  furnish  Company  with  his  employer
identification  number or Social  Security  number for  purposes  of filing Form
1099. Consultant agrees that he (and not Company) is responsible, as to himself,
for payment of any  self-employment,  income or other taxes  attributable to his
services under this Agreement.  Consultant also agrees that he (and not Company)
is responsible for withholding,  Social Security,  unemployment, and other taxes
and  workers'   compensation  and  other  obligations  of  an  employer-employee
relationship in connection with any individual(s) he may hire.

     7. Non-Disclosure of Third-Party Information. Consultant shall not disclose
to Company nor use in the performance of Consultant's  services for Company, any
information that Consultant knows to be the confidential  information of a third
party.

     8.  Company   Confidential   Information.   As  used  in  this   Agreement;
"confidential  trade secret  information  of Company" means any of the following
(to the extent owned or held by Company,  its parent  corporation,  and/or their
subsidiaries  of  affiliates):  know-how,  technology,  processes and methods of
operation (except as published in publications circulated without restriction to
persons  outside the employment of Company);  manuals  designated  confidential;
lists of customers;  customer  requirements and habits;  pricing of products and
services; information relating to Company's finances not publicly available; and
oral and written  data  relating to the business  activity of Company  which are
provided to its employees and agents under restricted access. It specifically is
understood  and agreed  that,  in  addition  to the  confidential  trade  secret
information  described  herein,  Company  may from  time to time  develop  other
confidential trade secret information relating to its business.

     9.  Confidentiality.  During and after the term of  Consultant's  services,
Consultant agrees to keep and maintain all confidential trade secret information
of Company  confidential and shall make no use of any confidential  trade secret
information of Company except in the  performance of  Consultant's  services for
Company.

     10. Inventions. Consultant may from time to time, during the performance of
his services provided under this Consulting  Agreement,  create or contribute to
the creation of,  subject  matter  relating to Company's  business  which may be
protectable as a trade secret,  and it is specifically  understood that all such
subject matter shall be the sole and exclusive property of Company.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
     11. Copyrights. Consultant may from time to time, during the performance of
his services provided under this Consulting  Agreement,  create or contribute to
the creation of copyrightable subject matter relating to Company's business, and
it is understood and agreed that such subject  matter shall be  incontrovertibly
deemed to be "works for hire", and Consultant hereby agrees to assign and hereby
assigns to Company all right,  title and  interest  he may have,  if any in such
subject  matter;  all right,  title and interest in such subject matter shall be
the sole and  exclusive  property  of Company  including  the right to  register
copyright in such subject matter.

     12.  Assignment of  Intellectual  Property.  Consultant  agrees to promptly
disclose to Company  all subject  matter  referred  to in  paragraphs  10 and 11
above, and agrees to promptly  execute all documents  necessary to perfect title
to such subject  matter in Company and to execute all  documents  necessary  for
Company to obtain (at its sole discretion) copyright protection for such subject
matter as applicable.  Nothing in this paragraph  shall be construed to obligate
Company to obtain copyright protection on any subject matter created in whole or
in part by  Consultant.  Consultant's  obligations  under this  paragraph  shall
survive  termination of this  Agreement as to all subject matter  referred to in
paragraphs 10 and 11 that is created during the term of this Agreement

     13. Limitations on Authority and Indemnification.  Consultant shall have no
authority  to bind  Company  by or to any  obligation,  agreement,  promise,  or
representation  without  first  obtaining  Company's  President's  prior written
approval.  Consultant  agrees  to  indemnify  and  hold  harmless  Company,  its
subsidiaries, affiliates, employees, agents, shareholders officers and directors
against claims, obligations or liabilities, including court costs and attorneys'
fees, arising out of any unauthorized act or omission by Consultant which result
in Company's being (or being alleged to be) bound by or to any such  obligation,
agreement, promise, or representation.

     14. Term and Termination.  This Agreement shall commence on the date hereof
and shall continue until July 1, 2002;  provided this Agreement  shall be deemed
immediately  canceled  upon the death or total and  permanent  disability of the
Consultant  or if the  Consultant  enters  into  any  employment  or  consulting
arrangements  with any  financial,  banking,  or  savings  and loan  institution
located or doing business in Lenawee County.  Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary,  either party may terminate  this  Agreement upon 60 days' advance
written notice if the other party  materially  breaches this  Agreement.  Either
party has the right to attempt to cure such breach prior to  termination  of the
agreement,  subject to arbitration as outlined in paragraph 18.  Notwithstanding
any termination of this Agreement,  those  provisions which are stated herein to
survive  termination of the Agreement  shall continue to be binding upon Company
and/or the Consultant, as the case may be.

     15.  Delivery  of  Documents  After   Termination.   Upon   termination  of
Consultant's  services by either party for any reason,  Consultant hereby agrees
to return to Company any and all books, records,  reports,  notes, and materials
of any nature or kind  whatsoever  furnished  to  Consultant,  or  developed  by
Consultant, winch relate to the business of Company.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
     16.  Independent  Contractor  Relationship.  Any  other  provision  of this
Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding,  this Agreement does not constitute a
hiring by either  party nor does it  constitute  a contract of  employment.  The
parties'  intention is that  Consultant be an independent  contractor and not an
employee of Company, and that Consultant retain sole and absolute discretion and
judgment in the manner and means of carrying out his consulting activities. This
Agreement  shall not be construed as a partnership  or joint venture and neither
party  hereto  shall be liable for any  obligations  incurred by the other party
except as expressly provided herein.

     17. Best Efforts.  Consultant agrees that he shall devote his best efforts,
energies,  and  skills  to the  discharge  of his  duties  and  responsibilities
hereunder.

     18. Arbitration. Unless otherwise required by law, any controversy or claim
arising out of or  relating to this  Agreement  or the breach  thereof  shall be
settled by binding arbitration in the City of Adrian in accordance with the laws
of the State of Michigan by three arbitrators, one of whom shall be appointed by
Company, one by the Consultant,  and the third of whom shall be appointed by the
first two arbitrators.  If the selected (third) arbitrator declines or is unable
to  serve  for any  reason,  the  appointed  arbitrators  shall  select  another
arbitrator. Upon their failure to agree on another arbitrator, the Circuit Court
of Lenawee  County,  Michigan  shall be petitioned to make such  selection.  The
parties  shall equally share the costs of  arbitration  (including  arbitrators'
fees),  provided  that each party shall pay the fees and expenses of its/his own
attorney.  The arbitration  shall be conducted in accordance with the commercial
arbitration  rules of the American  Arbitration  Association  except as provided
below. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any
Court having jurisdiction  thereof.  The arbitrators shall substantially  comply
with the rule of evidence;  shall grant essential but limited  discovery;  shall
provide for the exchange of witness lists and exhibit copies; and shall conducts
pretrial and consider  dispositive  motions.  Each party shall have the right to
request the arbitrators to make findings of specific factual issues.

     19.  Notices.  All  notices,  requests,  demands  and other  communications
hereunder shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail,
postage paid, addressed to Company at:

                        Bank of Lenawee
                        Attn: Patrick K. Gill, President/CEO
                        135 East Maumee Street
                        Adrian, Michigan 49221

and addressed to Consultant at:

                        Mr. Allan F.  Brittain
                        409 Dennis Street
                        Adrian, Michigan 49221

or at such  other  address as Company or  Consultant  may  furnish  the other in
writing. Notices shall be deemed effective on receipt.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
     20. Binding Effect. The terms, covenants and provisions hereof shall extend
to and be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representative,
assigns and successors in interest.

     21. Non-Waiver. Waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall
not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

     22. Entire Agreement.  This instrument contains the entire agreement of the
parties.  It may be changed only by an agreement in writing  signed by the party
against which the enforcement of any waiver, change, modification,  extension or
discharge is sought.

     23. Paragraph  Headings.  The paragraph  headings of this Agreement are for
convenience of reference only and shall not limit or define the text thereof.

     24.  Severability.  In the event that any one or more of the  provisions of
this Agreement shall be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable  in any respect,  the
validity,  legality and  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions  contained
herein shall not in any way be affected thereby.

     25.  Governing  Law.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by the laws of the
State of Michigan.


     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have signed this Agreement the day
and year first above written.

                                       BANK OF LENAWEE


                                       By   /s/ Patrick K. Gill
                                           Patrick K.  Gill,
                                           President & CEO


                                       Consultant:


                                       /s/ Allan F. Brittain
                                       Allan F. Brittain
<PAGE>
Exhibit 21 - Subsidiaries of Registrant - 100% Owned

     Bank of Lenawee (100% owned by subsidiary)
     A Michigan banking corporation
     135 East Maumee Street
     Adrian, MI 49221-0486

     Lenawee Financial Services, Inc. (100% owned subsidiary of Bank of Lenawee)
     135 East Maumee Street
     Adrian, MI 49221-0486

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9

<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1999
<CASH>                                           7,309,898
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                          36,686,950
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                 2,200,000
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                         0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                     25,887,875
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                          25,382,231
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                            35,887,875
<LOANS>                                        197,367,017
<ALLOWANCE>                                      4,646,484
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 239,903,508
<DEPOSITS>                                     199,206,409
<SHORT-TERM>                                    10,002,363
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              1,745,084
<LONG-TERM>                                      6,174,391
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                        10,430,303
<OTHER-SE>                                      12,344,958
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 239,903,508
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 16,025,062
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                1,872,484
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                    25,184
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                17,922,730
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               5,693,930
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                               6,312,221
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           11,610,509
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                    2,560,000
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                       0
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  8,994,456
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  2,293,315
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                               0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                                0
<NET-INCOME>                                     1,562,778
<EPS-BASIC>                                         1.83
<EPS-DILUTED>                                         1.83
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                        6.65
<LOANS-NON>                                      3,071,000
<LOANS-PAST>                                       275,000
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                         0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                          0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 2,979,000
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      157,088
<RECOVERIES>                                        61,823
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                4,646,484
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                                     0
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                          2,979,000



</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission